{"title":"All Kits and Systems","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAWR Solutions offers a Huge range of Wire Balustrades To suit timber and metal posts. Register to order online or contact our friendly team for a FREE quote on 1300 781 266 Order before 2pm for next day delivery dispatch or pick up.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"bright-finish-factory-swaged-wire-balustrade-flip","title":"Bright Finish Factory Swaged Wire Balustrade - Flip Lock System - Suits Metal Posts","description":"\u003ch2\u003eWire Balustrade - Flip Lock System\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cp\u003eIs one of our most streamline systems. It is suitable for use with metal posts and is great for both straight sections and stair sections. Tension is created on the wire by threading the LHT\/ RHT swage studs into the LHT\/ RHT Flip Lock Nuts. Tightening the nuts against the head of the Flip Lock Nuts locks the system in place.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/assets\/images\/logo\/BRIGHT%20FINISH%20logo.png\" style=\"width: 300px; height: 27px;\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Our Bright Finish range offers a stylish and extremely durable finish to your wire balustrade system. Made from high quality 316 Grade stainless steel and processed to perfection this bright stianless steel finish offers long term corrosion resistance with a smooth and shiny lustre. To see this high quality finish for yourself we recommend ordering a \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/bright-finish-sample-request\/\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eFREE SAMPLE HERE\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003ciframe allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" allowfullscreen=\"\" frameborder=\"0\" height=\"315\" referrerpolicy=\"strict-origin-when-cross-origin\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/eqFpyBroZCI?si=JbyQTo4fyiHmVTAy\" title=\"YouTube video player\" width=\"560\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003eTHIS SYSTEM:\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e • Is suitable for use with metal posts\u003cbr\u003e • Is great for both flat and stair sections\u003cbr\u003e • Requires factory hydraulic swaging\u003cbr\u003e • AWR can factory swage balustrade wires to your exact lengths. \u003cb\u003eOrder before 2pm\u003c\/b\u003e for next business day pick up or dispatch.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003eKEY BENEFITS OF THIS SYSTEM:\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e • Wires are pre-manufactured to your exact lengths\u003cbr\u003e • Extremely quick and simple installation\u003cbr\u003e • Uses ultra-bright and sleek 1 x 19 wire rope\u003cbr\u003e • All fittings made from high quality 316 grade stainless steel\u003cbr\u003e • This system is suitable for both flat and stair sections - suitable for stair sections up to 37º when a 10mm hole is drilled.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003eCOMPONENTS REQUIRED PER WIRE:\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003e1 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/flip-lock-nut-316g-lh-m6-x-30mm~2196\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eSS-FLN-06L\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e-M6 x 30 LHT Flip Lock Nut 316 Grade\u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003e1 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/flip-lock-nut-316g-rh-m6-x-30mm~2197\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eSS-FLN-06R\u003c\/a\u003e -\u003c\/b\u003eM6 x 30 RHT Flip Lock Nut 316 Grade\u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003e1 x SS-7801-03635L\u003c\/b\u003e - M6 x 35mm LHT Swage Stud to suit 3.2mm Wire 316 Grade\u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003e1 x SS-7801-03635R\u003c\/b\u003e - M6 x 35mm RHT Swage Stud to suit 3.2mm Wire 316 Grade\u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003e2 x S03\u003c\/b\u003e - Cut and Factory Swage (Additional Cost)\u003cbr\u003e \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/1-x-19-wire-rope-316-grade-stainless-steel-sizes-1\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eWRS119316-032-MTR\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e - 3.2mm 1 x 19 Wire Rope 316 Grade (Additonal cost Charged per Metre)\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch2\u003eWire Balustrade FAQ's\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: What are the best Wire Balustrade posts for the Flip Lock System?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: Suitable for metal balustrade posts\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eIs this product suitable for a Flat Balustrade or Stair Balustrade?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: The Wire Balustrade - Flip Lock System is suitable for both a Flat Balustrade \u0026amp; Stair Wire Balustrade\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: How does the the Flip Lock System system work? (Or installed or locks into place)\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: Tightening the nuts against the head of the Flip Lock Nuts locks the system in place.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: How long does it take for my wires to be manufactured?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: If your order is confirmed by 2pm we will have your wires manufactured and ready for dispatch or pick-up the following business day.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: What hole size do I need in my posts for the Wire Balustrade Flip Lock System?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: You will require an 8.5mm hole in your end connection posts to install the Flip lock Nuts. For your intermediate posts, an 8mm hole will be required to pass the threaded terminal through. Note: If you are using split grommets (106874FB or 106874FS) you will require an 11\/32” hole (8.73mm ) in your intermediate posts.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: Can I use this Wire Balustrade system for Stairs?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: Yes the Flip Lock System can be used on stair angles up to 37 degrees with a maximum of 3mm wall thickness tube. Note: A 10mm hole in your end connection posts will be required when using the Flip Lock Nuts on stair sections.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: What measurements are required for the Flip lock system?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: Please give us your inside post to inside post measurements between your connection posts and the wall thickness of your posts. We will take care of the rest.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: What is the maximum length I can use with the Wire Balustrade Flip lock System?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: The maximum recommended span between connection posts for this system is 10 metres.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: What size and type of wire should I use for this Wire Balustrade system?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: As with all factory made systems we recommend using 3.2mm 1x19 wire. The fittings are hydraulically pressed onto the wire for a super streamline system.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: Do I need any special tools to install this Wire Balustrade system?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: With this system all you require is a power drill, drill bits, 10mm spanner and adjustable shifter. We have available C spanner with help install this item by giving you a good grip on the threaded terminals CSPAN-LST-M6.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: How do my wires arrive to me?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: All wires are bundled per section and labelled with your measurements for quick installation on site.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: Can I run my Wire Balustrade around corners?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: We strongly advise against bending your wire around corners and angled sections. This can fatigue the wire over time as well as damage to your posts (especially timber). Wires should be terminated at each corner and end post.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: How many runs of wire do I need for my balustrade?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: To comply with Australian NCC regulations most wire balustrades will require 80mm spacing between your wires when your intermediate posts are no more than 1500mm apart. We highly recommend reading the Wire Balustrade Regulations Help section of our website prior to ordering.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003eMore Questions?\u003c\/b\u003eNo problem, just send us an email at \u003ca href=\"mailto:sales@awrsolutions.com.au\" title=\"Website Question: Wire Balustrade\"\u003esales@awrsolutions.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e or give us a call on \u003cb\u003e1300 781 266\u003c\/b\u003e and we would be happy to help.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e ","brand":"Bright Finish","offers":[{"title":"Metal\/ Aluminium Posts \/ Factory Swaged to length","offer_id":45273560678588,"sku":"WBS-FLS","price":12.81,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/6565\/4716\/files\/WBS-FLS.jpg?v=1759725892"},{"product_id":"bright-finish-factory-swaged-wire-balustrade-lag-s","title":"Bright Finish Factory Swaged Wire Balustrade - Lag Screw System - Suits Timber Posts","description":"\u003ch2\u003eWire Balustrade - Lag Screw System\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cp\u003eIs our most economical factory swaged systems. It is suitable for use with timber posts and is best suited to short straight sections. Tension is created on the wire by threading the LHT\/ RHT swage studs into the timber posts.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/assets\/images\/logo\/BRIGHT%20FINISH%20logo.png\" style=\"height: 27px; width: 300px;\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Our Bright Finish range offers a stylish and extremely durable finish to your wire balustrade system. Made from high quality 316 Grade stainless steel and processed to perfection this bright stianless steel finish offers long term corrosion resistance with a smooth and shiny lustre. To see this high quality finish for yourself we recommend ordering a \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/bright-finish-sample-request\/\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eFREE SAMPLE HERE\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003eTHIS SYSTEM:\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e • Is suitable for use with timber posts\u003cbr\u003e • Is best suited to short straight sections i.e. not stairs\u003cbr\u003e • Requires factory hydraulic swaging\u003cbr\u003e • AWR can factory swage balustrade wires to your exact lengths. \u003cb\u003eOrder before 2pm\u003c\/b\u003e for next business day pick up or dispatch.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003eKEY BENEFITS OF THIS SYSTEM:\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e • Wires are pre-manufactured to your exact lengths\u003cbr\u003e • Extremely quick and simple installation \u003cbr\u003e • Uses ultra-bright and sleek 1 x 19 wire rope\u003cbr\u003e • All fittings made from high quality 316 grade stainless steel\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003eCOMPONENTS REQUIRED PER WIRE:\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003e1 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/swage-stud-lag-screw-316gr-lh-3.2mm-wire~2189\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eSS-7831L-63\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e - 6mm x 40mm LHT Swage Stud Lag Screw to suit 3.2mm Wire 316 Grade\u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003e1 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/swage-stud-lag-screw-316gr-rh-3.2mm-wire~2190\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eSS-7831R-63\u003c\/a\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e- 6mm x 40mm RHT Swage Stud Lag Screw to suit 3.2mm Wire 316 Grade\u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003e2 x S03\u003c\/b\u003e - Cut and Factory Swage (Additional cost)\u003cbr\u003e \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/1-x-19-wire-rope-316-grade-stainless-steel-sizes-1\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eWRS119316-032-MTR\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e - 3.2mm 1 x 19 Wire Rope 316 Grade Additional cost (Charged per Metre)\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch2\u003eWire Balustrade - FAQ’s\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: What are the best Wire Balustrade posts for the Wire Balustrade - Lag Screw System?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: Wire Balustrade - Lag Screw System is suitable for use with timber posts\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: Is this product suitable for Flat Balustrade or Stair Balustrade?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: Wire Balustrade - Lag Screw System is suited to short straight Wire Balustrade sections\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: How long does it take for my Wire Balustrade Wires to be manufactured?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: If your order is confirmed by 2pm we will have your wires manufactured and ready for dispatch or pick-up the following business day.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: What hole size do I need in my posts for the Wire Balustrade Lag Screw system?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: You will require an 4.5mm hole in your end connection posts to install the Lag Screw. For your intermediate posts, an 8mm hole will be required to pass the Lag Screw through.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch5\u003eNote: A slightly larger hole may be required when using hardwood posts.\u003c\/h5\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch5\u003eNote: if you are using split grommets (106874FB or 106874FS) you will require an 11\/32” hole (8.73mm ) in your intermediate posts.\u003c\/h5\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: Can I use this Wire Balustrade system for Stairs?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: Yes, although you will need to drill your holes on the angle (rake) of the stairs.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: What measurements are required for the Wire Balustrade Lag Screw system?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: Please give us your inside post to inside post measurements between your connection posts and we will take care of the rest.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: What is the maximum length I can use with the Wire Balustrade Lag Screw system?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: The maximum recommended span between connection posts for this system is 6 metres.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: What size and type of wire should I use for this system?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: As with all factory made systems we recommend using 3.2mm 1x19 wire. The fittings are hydraulically pressed onto the wire for a super streamline system.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: Do I need any special tools to install this Wire Balustrade System?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: With this system all you require is a power drill, drill bits, 10mm spanner and adjustable shifter. We have available C spanner with help install this item by giving you a good grip on the threaded terminals CSPAN-LST-M6.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: How do my wires arrive to me?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: All wires are bundled per section and labelled with your measurements for quick installation on site.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: Can I run my Wire around corners?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: We strongly advise against bending your wire around corners and angled sections. This can fatigue the wire over time as well as damage to your posts (especially timber). Wires should be terminated at each corner and end post.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: How many runs of wire do I need for my Balustrade?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: To comply with Australian NCC regulations most Wire Balustrades will require 80mm spacing between your wires when your intermediate posts are no more than 1500mm apart. We highly recommend reading the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/wire-balustrade-regulations\/\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eWire Balustrade Regulations Help\u003c\/a\u003e section of our website prior to ordering.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003eMore Questions?\u003c\/b\u003eNo problem, just send us an email at \u003ca href=\"mailto:sales@awrsolutions.com.au\" title=\"Website Question: Wire Balustrade\"\u003esales@awrsolutions.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e or give us a call on \u003cb\u003e1300 781 266\u003c\/b\u003e and we would be happy to help.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e ","brand":"Bright Finish","offers":[{"title":"Timber Posts \/ Factory Swaged to length","offer_id":45273560776892,"sku":"WBS-LSS","price":3.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/6565\/4716\/files\/WBS-LSS.jpg?v=1759725894"},{"product_id":"bright-finish-factory-swaged-wire-balustrade-metal-insert-system","title":"Bright Finish Factory Swaged Wire Balustrade - Metal Insert System - Suits Metal Posts","description":"\u003ch2\u003eWire Balustrade - Metal Insert System\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cp\u003eIs one of our most streamline systems. It is suitable for use with metal posts and is great for both straight sections and stair sections. Tension is created on the wire by threading the LHT\/ RHT swage studs into the LHT\/ RHT Nutserts. Tightening the nuts against the head of the Nutserts locks the system in place.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/assets\/images\/logo\/BRIGHT%20FINISH%20logo.png\" style=\"height: 27px; width: 300px;\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Our Bright Finish range offers a stylish and extremely durable finish to your wire balustrade system. Made from high quality 316 Grade stainless steel (Nut rivets are 304 grade) and processed to perfection this bright stianless steel finish offers long term corrosion resistance with a smooth and shiny lustre. To see this high quality finish for yourself we recommend ordering a \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/bright-finish-sample-request\/\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eFREE SAMPLE HERE\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003ciframe allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" allowfullscreen=\"\" frameborder=\"0\" height=\"315\" referrerpolicy=\"strict-origin-when-cross-origin\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/Om44EpUt8n0?si=v5Mq6jK5bcTBBtwR\" title=\"YouTube video player\" width=\"560\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003eTHIS SYSTEM:\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e • is suitable for use with metal posts\u003cbr\u003e • is great for both flat and stair sections\u003cbr\u003e • Requires factory hydraulic swaging\u003cbr\u003e • AWR can factory swage balustrade wires to your exact lengths. \u003cb\u003eOrder before 2pm\u003c\/b\u003e for next business day pick up or dispatch.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003eKEY BENEFITS OF THIS SYSTEM:\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e • Wires are pre-manufactured to your exact lengths\u003cbr\u003e • Extremely quick and simple installation \u003cbr\u003e • Uses ultra-bright and sleek 1 x 19 wire rope\u003cbr\u003e • All fittings made from high quality 316 grade stainless steel (Nutserts 304 grade)\u003cbr\u003e • This system is suitable for both flat and stair sections when used with swivel connectors on stairs.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003eCOMPONENTS REQUIRED PER WIRE:\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003e1 x \u003ca href=\"http:\/\/NS-SS-M06-L\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eNS-SS-M06-L\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e - M6 LHT Large Flange Nutsert 304 Grade\u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003e1 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/nutsert-m6-s-steel-304gr-4.2-6.6mm-grip~2076\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eNS-SS-M06-R\u003c\/a\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e- M6 RHT Large Flange Nutsert 304 Grade\u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003e1 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/swage-stud-316gr-m5-lh-thread-3.2mm-wire~2179\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eSS-7801-03635L\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e - M6 x 35mm LHT Swage Stud to suit 3.2mm Wire 316 Grade\u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003e1 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/swage-stud-316gr-m5-thread-2.5mm-wire~2178\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eSS-7801-03635R\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e - M6 x 35mm RHT Swage Stud to suit 3.2mm Wire 316 Grade\u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003e2 x S03\u003c\/b\u003e - Cut and Factory Swage (Additional Cost)\u003cbr\u003e \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/1-x-19-wire-rope-316-grade-stainless-steel-sizes-1\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eWRS119316-032-MTR\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e - 3.2mm 1 x 19 Wire Rope 316 Grade (Additonal cost Charged per Metre)\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Add Ons for Stairs:\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e1 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/wire-balustrade\/wire-balustrade-hardware\/flip-lock-nuts-swivel-connectors\/angle-connector-m6-x-15mm-right-hand-thread-316-gr\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eSS-7813R-0615\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e - Swivel Connector M6 x 15mm LHT - 316 Grade Stainless Steel\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e1 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/wire-balustrade\/wire-balustrade-hardware\/flip-lock-nuts-swivel-connectors\/angle-connector-m6-x-15mm-left-hand-thread-316-gra\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eSS-7813L-0615\u003c\/a\u003e - \u003c\/strong\u003eSwivel Connector M6 x 15mm RHT - 316 Grade Stainless Steel\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch2\u003eWire Balustrade FAQ'S for this system\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: What are the best Wire Balustrade posts for the Wire Balustrade - Metal Insert System?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: Wire Balustrade - Metal Insert System is suitable for use with metal posts\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: Is this product suitable for a Flat Wire Balustrade or Stair Wire Balustrade?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: Wire Balustrade - Metal Insert System is suited to both straight Sections and stair sections\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: How long does it take for my wires to be manufactured?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: If your order is confirmed by 2pm we will have your wires manufactured and ready for dispatch or pick-up the following business day.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: What hole size do I need in my posts for the Wire Balustrade - Metal Insert System?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: You will require an 9mm hole in your end connection posts to install the Nut Rivets. For your intermediate posts, an 8mm hole will be required to pass the threaded terminal through. Note: if you are using split grommets (106874FB or 106874FS) you will require an 11\/32” hole (8.73mm ) in your intermediate posts. Note: A Nut Rivet Tool is required to install the Nut rivets in your end posts.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: Can I use this Wire Balustrade System for Stairs?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: Yes the Metal Insert System can be used on stairs but you will require 1 x LHT Swivel Connector and 1 x RHT Swivel Connector per wire.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: What measurements are required for the Wire Balustrade - Metal Insert system?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: Please give us your inside post to inside post measurements between your connection posts and we will take care of the rest.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: What is the maximum length I can use with the Wire Balustrade Metal Insert System?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: The maximum recommended span between connection posts for this system is 10 metres.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: Do I need any special tools to install this Wire Balustrade system?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: You will need a power drill and Drill Bits (If posts not being supplied). This system does also require Nut Rivet Tool capable of installing LHT Nut Rivets. You will require two adjustable shifters for tensioning, we do also recommend purchasing a C spanner to grip and holds the terminals for easier installation.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: How do my wires arrive to me?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: All wires are bundled per section and labelled with your measurements for quick installation on site.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: Can I run my around corners?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: We strongly advise against bending your wire around corners and angled sections. This can fatigue the wire over time as well as damage to your posts (especially timber). Wires should be terminated at each corner and end post.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: How many runs of wire do I need for my Balustrade?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: To comply with Australian NCC regulations most wire balustrades will require 80mm spacing between your wires when your intermediate posts are no more than 1500mm apart. We highly recommend reading the Wire Balustrade Regulations Help section of our website prior to ordering.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003eMore Questions? \u003c\/b\u003eNo problem, just send us an email at \u003ca href=\"mailto:sales@awrsolutions.com.au\" title=\"Website Question: Wire Balustrade\"\u003esales@awrsolutions.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e or give us a call on \u003cb\u003e1300 781 266\u003c\/b\u003e and we would be happy to help.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e ","brand":"Bright Finish","offers":[{"title":"Metal\/ Aluminium Posts \/ Factory Swaged to length","offer_id":45273560809660,"sku":"WBS-MIS","price":5.71,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/6565\/4716\/files\/WBS-MIS.jpg?v=1759725896"},{"product_id":"bright-finish-factory-swaged-wire-balustrade-rig-f-with-nutserts","title":"Bright Finish Factory Swaged Wire Balustrade - Rig Fork System with Nutserts - Suits Metal Posts","description":"\u003cp class=\"MsoNormal\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #262626; font-family: Open Sans, sans-serif;\"\u003eWire Balustrade - Rig Fork System with Nutserts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #262626; font-family: Open Sans, sans-serif;\"\u003eIs another versatile system. It is suitable for use with metal posts and is great for both straight sections and stair sections. Tension is created on the wire by rotation of the rigging screw body. Tightening the nuts against the body of the rigging screw locks the system in place.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/assets\/images\/logo\/BRIGHT%20FINISH%20logo.png\" style=\"height: 27px; width: 300px;\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOur Bright Finish range offers a stylish and extremely durable finish to your wire balustrade system. Made from high quality 316 Grade stainless steel (Nut rivets are 304 grade) and processed to perfection this bright stianless steel finish offers long term corrosion resistance with a smooth and shiny lustre. To see this high quality finish for yourself we recommend ordering a \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/bright-finish-sample-request\/\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eFREE SAMPLE HERE\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ciframe height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/2QCexhxgnt4?si=IhGtbYjXrlWSnABQ\" title=\"YouTube video player\" width=\"560\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan open=\"\" style=\"font-size: 13.3333px; color: rgb(38, 38, 38);\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTHIS SYSTEM:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e• Is suitable for use with metal posts\u003cbr\u003e• Is great for both flat and stair sections\u003cbr\u003e• Requires factory hydraulic swaging\u003cbr\u003e• AWR can factory swage balustrade wires to your exact lengths. \u003cstrong\u003eOrder before 2pm\u003c\/strong\u003e for next business day pick up or dispatch.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan open=\"\" style=\"color: rgb(38, 38, 38);\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKEY BENEFITS OF THIS SYSTEM:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e• Wires are pre-manufactured to your exact lengths\u003cbr\u003e• Extremely quick and simple installation \u003cbr\u003e• Uses ultra-bright and sleek 1 x 19 wire rope\u003cbr\u003e• All fittings made from high quality 316 grade stainless steel\u003cbr\u003e• This system is suitable for both flat and stair sections\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCOMPONENTS REQUIRED PER WIRE:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/hardware\/shade-sail-hardware\/rigging-screw-turnbuckles-forks\/rigging-screw-jaw-swage-316-grade-stainless-steel\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eSS-312T-532\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e - Rigging Screw Jaw - Swage 316 grade M5 3.2m Wire\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/fork-terminal-swage-316gr-2.5mm-wire~2181\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eSS-7803-03\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e - Fork Terminal - Swage 316grade 3.2mm Wire\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/screw-eye-metal-316gr-m10-x-110mm~2171\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eSS-444-615\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e - Eye Bolt 316grade M6 x 15mm 316 Grade\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/nut-hex-304gr-m5~2201\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eSS-NUT-06\u003c\/a\u003e - \u003c\/strong\u003eM6 Hex Nut 316 Grade\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/nutsert-m6-s-steel-304gr-4.2-6.6mm-grip~2076\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eNS-SS-M06-R\u003c\/a\u003e -\u003c\/strong\u003e M6 Nut Rivet 304 Grade\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 x S03\u003c\/b\u003e - Cut and Factory Swage (Additional Cost)\u003cbr\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/1-x-19-wire-rope-316-grade-stainless-steel-sizes-1\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eWRS119316-032-MTR\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e - 3.2mm 1 x 19 Wire Rope 316 Grade (Additonal cost Charged per Metre)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan open=\"\" style=\"color: rgb(38, 38, 38);\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan open=\"\" style=\"color: rgb(38, 38, 38);\"\u003eWire Balustrade - FAQ’s\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan open=\"\" style=\"color: rgb(38, 38, 38);\"\u003eQ: What are the best Wire Balustrade posts for the Wire Balustrade - Rig Fork System with Nutserts?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan open=\"\" style=\"color: rgb(38, 38, 38);\"\u003eA: Wire Balustrade - Rig Fork System with Nutserts is suitable for use with metal posts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan open=\"\" style=\"color: rgb(38, 38, 38);\"\u003eQ: Is this product suitable for a Flat Balustrade or Stair Balustrade?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan open=\"\" style=\"color: rgb(38, 38, 38);\"\u003eA: Wire Balustrade - Rig Fork System with Nutserts is suitable for both flat and stair sections\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan open=\"\" style=\"color: rgb(38, 38, 38);\"\u003eQ: How long does it take for my wires to be manufactured? \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan open=\"\" style=\"color: rgb(38, 38, 38);\"\u003eA: If your order is confirmed by 2pm we will have your wires manufactured and ready for dispatch or pick-up the following business day. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan open=\"\" style=\"color: rgb(38, 38, 38);\"\u003eQ: What hole size do I need in my posts for the Rig Fork System with Nutserts? \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan open=\"\" style=\"color: rgb(38, 38, 38);\"\u003eA: You will require an 9mm hole in your end connection posts to install the Nut Rivets. For your intermediate posts, an 8mm hole will be required to pass the threaded terminal through. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cspan open=\"\" style=\"color: rgb(38, 38, 38);\"\u003eNote: if you are using split grommets (106874FB or 106874FS) you will require an 11\/32” hole (8.73mm ) in your intermediate posts. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan open=\"\" style=\"color: rgb(38, 38, 38);\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan open=\"\" style=\"color: rgb(38, 38, 38);\"\u003eQ: Can I use this system for Stairs? \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan open=\"\" style=\"color: rgb(38, 38, 38);\"\u003eA: Yes, the Fork ends will naturally pivot to the angle of your stairs on the eyebolts. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan open=\"\" style=\"color: rgb(38, 38, 38);\"\u003eQ: What measurements are required for the Rig Fork System with Nutserts? \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan open=\"\" style=\"color: rgb(38, 38, 38);\"\u003eA: Please give us your inside post to inside post measurements between your connection posts and we will take care of the rest. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan open=\"\" style=\"color: rgb(38, 38, 38);\"\u003eQ: What is the maximum length I can use with the Wire Balustrade - Rig Fork System with Nutserts?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan open=\"\" style=\"color: rgb(38, 38, 38);\"\u003eA: The maximum recommended span between connection posts for this system is 10 metres. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan open=\"\" style=\"color: rgb(38, 38, 38);\"\u003eQ: What size and type of wire should I use for this Wire Balustrade System? \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan open=\"\" style=\"color: rgb(38, 38, 38);\"\u003eA: As with all factory made systems we recommend using 3.2mm 1x19 wire. The fittings are hydraulically pressed onto the wire for a super streamline system. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan open=\"\" style=\"color: rgb(38, 38, 38);\"\u003eQ: Do I need any special tools to install this Wire Balustrade System? \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan open=\"\" style=\"color: rgb(38, 38, 38);\"\u003eA: You will need a power drill, drill bits and an adjustable spanner. This system does also require Nut Rivet Tool if posts are not being supplied. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan open=\"\" style=\"color: rgb(38, 38, 38);\"\u003eWe also recommend purchasing a C spanner for tensioning the rigging Screws for easier installation. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan open=\"\" style=\"color: rgb(38, 38, 38);\"\u003eQ: How do my wires arrive to me? \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan open=\"\" style=\"color: rgb(38, 38, 38);\"\u003eA: All wires are bundled per section and labelled with your measurements for quick installation on site. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan open=\"\" style=\"color: rgb(38, 38, 38);\"\u003eQ: Can I run my Wire Balustrade around corners? \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan open=\"\" style=\"color: rgb(38, 38, 38);\"\u003eA: We strongly advise against bending your wire around corners and angled sections. This can fatigue the wire over time as well as damage to your posts (especially timber). Wires should be terminated at each corner and end post. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan open=\"\" style=\"color: rgb(38, 38, 38);\"\u003eQ: How many runs of wire do I need for my Balustrade? \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan open=\"\" style=\"color: rgb(38, 38, 38);\"\u003eA: To comply with Australian NCC regulations most wire balustrades will require 80mm spacing between your wires when your intermediate posts are no more than 1500mm apart. We highly recommend reading the Wire Balustrade Regulations Help section of our website prior to ordering. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan open=\"\" style=\"color: rgb(38, 38, 38);\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMore Questions? \u003c\/strong\u003eNo problem, just send us an email at \u003ca href=\"mailto:sales@awrsolutions.com.au\" title=\"Website Question: Wire Balustrade\"\u003esales@awrsolutions.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e or give us a call on \u003cstrong\u003e1300 781 266\u003c\/strong\u003e and we would be happy to help.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bright Finish","offers":[{"title":"Metal\/ Aluminium Posts \/ Factory Swaged to length","offer_id":45273560907964,"sku":"WBS-RFNS","price":14.1,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/6565\/4716\/files\/WBS-RFNS.jpg?v=1759725896"},{"product_id":"bright-finish-factory-swaged-wire-balustrade-rig-f-with-saddeles","title":"Bright Finish Factory Swaged Wire Balustrade - Rig Fork System with Saddles - Suits Timber Posts","description":"\u003ch2\u003eWire Balustrade - Rig Fork System with Saddles\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cp\u003eIs another of our most versatile systems. It is suitable for use with timber posts and is great for both straight sections and stair sections. Tension is created on the wire by rotation of the rigging screw body. Tightening the nuts against the body of the rigging screw locks the system in place.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/assets\/images\/logo\/BRIGHT%20FINISH%20logo.png\" style=\"height: 27px; width: 300px;\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Our Bright Finish range offers a stylish and extremely durable finish to your wire balustrade system. Made from high quality 316 Grade stainless steel and processed to perfection this bright stianless steel finish offers long term corrosion resistance with a smooth and shiny lustre. To see this high quality finish for yourself we recommend ordering a \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/bright-finish-sample-request\/\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eFREE SAMPLE HERE\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003eTHIS SYSTEM:\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e • is suitable for use with timber posts and metal posts\u003cbr\u003e • is great for both flat and stair sections\u003cbr\u003e • Requires factory hydraulic swaging\u003cbr\u003e • AWR can factory swage balustrade wires to your exact lengths. \u003cb\u003eOrder before 2pm\u003c\/b\u003e for next business day pick up or dispatch.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003eKEY BENEFITS OF THIS SYSTEM:\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e • Wires are pre-manufactured to your exact lengths\u003cbr\u003e • Extremely quick and simple installation \u003cbr\u003e • Uses ultra-bright and sleek 1 x 19 wire rope\u003cbr\u003e • All fittings made from high quality 316 grade stainless steel\u003cbr\u003e • This system is suitable for both flat and stair sections\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003eCOMPONENTS REQUIRED PER WIRE:\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e1 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/hardware\/shade-sail-hardware\/rigging-screw-turnbuckles-forks\/rigging-screw-jaw-swage-316-grade-stainless-steel\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eSS-312T-532\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e - Rigging Screw Jaw - Swage 316 grade M5 3.2m Wire\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e1 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/fork-terminal-swage-316gr-2.5mm-wire~2181\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eSS-7803-03\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e - Fork Terminal - Swage 316grade 3.2mm Wire\u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003e2 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/saddle-eye-strap-4mm-304gr~2150\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eSS-322-05\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e - 5mm Saddle (Eye Strap) - 316 Grade\u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003e4 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/screw-self-tapper-304gr-pan-phil-10g-x-1~2209\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eSTPP8114\u003c\/a\u003e - \u003c\/b\u003e8 x 1 1\/4\" Pan Head Self Tapper - 304 Grade \u003cb\u003e(Timber posts only)\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003e4 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/pop-rivet-stainless-3.2mm-x-5mm-grip~2085\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ePRSTST5-4\u003c\/a\u003e - \u003c\/b\u003e4 x 6.4mm Pop Rivets - 304 Grade\u003cb\u003e (Metal Posts Only)\u003cbr\u003e 2 x S03\u003c\/b\u003e - Cut and Factory Swage (Additional Cost)\u003cbr\u003e \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/1-x-19-wire-rope-316-grade-stainless-steel-sizes-1\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eWRS119316-032-MTR\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e - 3.2mm 1 x 19 Wire Rope 316 Grade (Additonal cost Charged per Metre)\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch2\u003eWire Balustrade - FAQ’s\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: What are the best Wire Balustrade posts for the Wire Balustrade - Rig Fork System with Saddles?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: Wire Balustrade - Rig Fork System with Saddles is suitable for use with Timber posts\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: Is this product suitable for Flat Wire Balustrade or Stair Wire Balustrade?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: Wire Balustrade - Rig Fork System with Saddles is suitable for both flat and stair sections\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e\u003cb\u003eQ: How long does it take for my wires to be manufactured?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003e\u003cb\u003eA: If your order is confirmed by 2pm we will have your wires manufactured and ready for dispatch or pick-up the following business day. \u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e\u003cb\u003eWhat whole size do I need in my posts for the Rig Fork Wire Balustrade System with Saddles? \u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003e\u003cb\u003eYou will require an 9mm hole in your end connection posts to install the Nut Rivets. For your intermediate posts, an 8mm hole will be required to pass the threaded terminal through. \u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch5\u003e\u003cb\u003eNote: if you are using split grommets (106874FB or 106874FS) you will require an 11\/32” hole (8.73mm ) in your intermediate posts. \u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e\u003cb\u003eCan I use this system for Stairs? \u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003e\u003cb\u003eYes, the Fork ends will naturally pivot to the angle of your stairs on the saddles. \u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e\u003cb\u003eWhat measurements are required for the Wire Balustrade Rig Fork System with Saddles? \u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003e\u003cb\u003ePlease give us your inside post to inside post measurements between your connection posts and we will take care of the rest. \u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e\u003cb\u003eWhat is the maximum length I can use with the Wire Balustrade Rig Fork System with Saddles?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003e\u003cb\u003eThe maximum recommended span between connection posts for this system is 10 metres. \u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e\u003cb\u003eWhat size and type of wire should I use for this Wire Balustrade System? \u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003e\u003cb\u003eAs with all factory made systems we recommend using 3.2mm 1x19 wire. The fittings are hydraulically pressed onto the wire for a super streamline system. \u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e\u003cb\u003eDo I need any special tools to install this Wire Balustrade System? \u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003e\u003cb\u003eYou will need a power drill, drill bits, drive bits and an adjustable spanner. We also recommend purchasing a C spanner for tensioning the rigging Screws for easier installation. \u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e\u003cb\u003eHow do my wires arrive to me? \u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003e\u003cb\u003eAll wires are bundled per section and labelled with your measurements for quick installation on site. \u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e\u003cb\u003eCan I run my Wire Balustrade around corners? \u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003e\u003cb\u003eWe strongly advise against bending your wire around corners and angled sections. This can fatigue the wire over time as well as damage to your posts (especially timber). Wires should be terminated at each corner and end post. \u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e\u003cb\u003eHow many runs of wire do I need for my Balustrade? \u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003e\u003cb\u003eTo comply with Australian NCC regulations most wire balustrades will require 80mm spacing between your wires when your intermediate posts are no more than 1500mm apart. We highly recommend reading the Wire Balustrade Regulations Help section of our website prior to ordering. \u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003e\u003cb\u003eMore Questions? \u003c\/b\u003eNo problem, just send us an email at \u003ca href=\"mailto:sales@awrsolutions.com.au\" title=\"Website Question: Wire Balustrade\"\u003esales@awrsolutions.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e or give us a call on \u003cb\u003e1300 781 266\u003c\/b\u003e and we would be happy to help. \u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e ","brand":"Bright Finish","offers":[{"title":"Timber Posts \/ Factory Swaged to length","offer_id":45273561039036,"sku":"WBS-RFSAD","price":9.85,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/6565\/4716\/files\/WBS-RFSAD.jpg?v=1759725899"},{"product_id":"bright-finish-factory-swaged-wire-balustrade-rig-f-2401","title":"Bright Finish Factory Swaged Wire Balustrade - Rig Fork System with Saddles - Suits Metal Posts","description":"\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #262626; font-family: Open Sans, sans-serif;\"\u003eWire Balustrade - Rig Fork System with Saddles\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #262626; font-family: Open Sans, sans-serif;\"\u003eIs another of our most versatile systems. It is suitable for use with timber posts or metal posts and is great for both straight sections and stair sections. Tension is created on the wire by rotation of the rigging screw body. Tightening the nuts against the body of the rigging screw locks the system in place.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cimg style=\"height: 27px; width: 300px;\" src=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/assets\/images\/logo\/BRIGHT%20FINISH%20logo.png\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOur Bright Finish range offers a stylish and extremely durable finish to your wire balustrade system. Made from high quality 316 Grade stainless steel and processed to perfection this bright stianless steel finish offers long term corrosion resistance with a smooth and shiny lustre. To see this high quality finish for yourself we recommend ordering a \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/bright-finish-sample-request\/\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eFREE SAMPLE HERE\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" title=\"YouTube video player\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/rYksbBhSd8Y?si=cnCIls006SsFKn1k\" height=\"315\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #262626; font-family: Open Sans, sans-serif;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTHIS SYSTEM:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e• is suitable for use with metal posts\u003cbr\u003e• is great for both flat and stair sections\u003cbr\u003e• Requires factory hydraulic swaging\u003cbr\u003e• AWR can factory swage balustrade wires to your exact lengths. \u003cstrong\u003eOrder before 2pm\u003c\/strong\u003e for next business day pick up or dispatch.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKEY BENEFITS OF THIS SYSTEM:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e• Wires are pre-manufactured to your exact lengths\u003cbr\u003e• Extremely quick and simple installation \u003cbr\u003e• Uses ultra-bright and sleek 1 x 19 wire rope\u003cbr\u003e• All fittings made from high quality 316 grade stainless steel\u003cbr\u003e• This system is suitable for both flat and stair sections\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCOMPONENTS REQUIRED PER WIRE:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/hardware\/shade-sail-hardware\/rigging-screw-turnbuckles-forks\/rigging-screw-jaw-swage-316-grade-stainless-steel\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eSS-312T-532\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e - Rigging Screw Jaw - Swage 316 grade M5 3.2m Wire\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/fork-terminal-swage-316gr-2.5mm-wire~2181\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eSS-7803-03\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e - Fork Terminal - Swage 316grade 3.2mm Wire\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/saddle-eye-strap-4mm-304gr~2150\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eSS-322-05\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e - 5mm Saddle (Eye Strap) - 316 Grade\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/screw-self-tapper-304gr-pan-phil-10g-x-1~2209\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eSTPP8114\u003c\/a\u003e - \u003c\/b\u003e8 x 1 1\/4\" Pan Head Self Tapper - 304 Grade \u003cb\u003e(Timber posts only)\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/pop-rivet-stainless-3.2mm-x-5mm-grip~2085\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ePRSTST5-4\u003c\/a\u003e - \u003c\/b\u003e4 x 6.4mm Pop Rivets - 304 Grade\u003cb\u003e (Metal Posts Only)\u003cbr\u003e2 x S03\u003c\/b\u003e - Cut and Factory Swage (Additional Cost)\u003cbr\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/1-x-19-wire-rope-316-grade-stainless-steel-sizes-1\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eWRS119316-032-MTR\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e - 3.2mm 1 x 19 Wire Rope 316 Grade (Additonal cost Charged per Metre)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #262626; font-family: Open Sans, sans-serif;\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #262626; font-family: Open Sans, sans-serif;\"\u003eWire Balustrade - FAQ’s\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #262626; font-family: Open Sans, sans-serif;\"\u003eQ: What are the best Wire Balustrade posts for the Wire Balustrade - Rig Fork System with Saddles?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #262626; font-family: Open Sans, sans-serif;\"\u003eA: Wire Balustrade - Rig Fork System with Saddles is suitable for use with metal posts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #262626; font-family: Open Sans, sans-serif;\"\u003eQ: Is this product suitable for Flat Wire Balustrade or Stair Wire Balustrade?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #262626; font-family: Open Sans, sans-serif;\"\u003eA: Wire Balustrade - Rig Fork System with Saddles is suited to both straight sections and stair sections\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #262626; font-family: Open Sans, sans-serif;\"\u003eQ: How long does it take for my wires to be manufactured?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #262626; font-family: Open Sans, sans-serif;\"\u003eA: If your order is confirmed by 2pm we will have your wires manufactured and ready for dispatch or pick-up the following business day.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #262626; font-family: Open Sans, sans-serif;\"\u003eQ: What hole size do I need in my posts for the Rig Fork System with Saddles? \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #262626; font-family: Open Sans, sans-serif;\"\u003eA: Saddles are attached to your connection posts using pop-rivets and will require 2 x 4mm holes. For your intermediate posts, an 8mm hole will be required to pass the threaded terminal through. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #262626; font-family: Open Sans, sans-serif;\"\u003eNote: if you are using split grommets (106874FB or 106874FS) you will require an 11\/32” hole (8.73mm ) in your intermediate posts. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #262626; font-family: Open Sans, sans-serif;\"\u003eQ: Can I use this system for Stairs? \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #262626; font-family: Open Sans, sans-serif;\"\u003eA: Yes, the Fork ends will naturally pivot to the angle of your stairs on the saddles. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #262626; font-family: Open Sans, sans-serif;\"\u003eQ: What measurements are required for the Rig Fork System with Saddles? \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #262626; font-family: Open Sans, sans-serif;\"\u003eA: Please give us your inside post to inside post measurements between your connection posts and we will take care of the rest. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #262626; font-family: Open Sans, sans-serif;\"\u003eQ: What is the maximum length I can use with the Wire Balustrade Rig Fork System with Saddles? \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #262626; font-family: Open Sans, sans-serif;\"\u003eA: The maximum recommended span between connection posts for this system is 10 metres. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #262626; font-family: Open Sans, sans-serif;\"\u003eQ: What size and type of wire should I use for this Wire Balustrade System? \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #262626; font-family: Open Sans, sans-serif;\"\u003eA: As with all factory made systems we recommend using 3.2mm 1x19 wire. The fittings are hydraulically pressed onto the wire for a super streamline system. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #262626; font-family: Open Sans, sans-serif;\"\u003eQ: Do I need any special tools to install this system? \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #262626; font-family: Open Sans, sans-serif;\"\u003eA: You will need a power drill, drill bits, drive bits and an adjustable spanner. We also recommend purchasing a C spanner for tensioning the rigging Screws for easier installation. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #262626; font-family: Open Sans, sans-serif;\"\u003eQ: How do my wires arrive to me? \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #262626; font-family: Open Sans, sans-serif;\"\u003eA: All wires are bundled per section and labelled with your measurements for quick installation on site. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #262626; font-family: Open Sans, sans-serif;\"\u003eQ: Can I run my wire balustrade around corners? \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #262626; font-family: Open Sans, sans-serif;\"\u003eA: We strongly advise against bending your wire around corners and angled sections. This can fatigue the wire over time as well as damage to your posts (especially timber). Wires should be terminated at each corner and end post. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #262626; font-family: Open Sans, sans-serif;\"\u003eQ: How many runs of wire do I need for my balustrade? \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #262626; font-family: Open Sans, sans-serif;\"\u003eA: To comply with Australian NCC regulations most wire balustrades will require 80mm spacing between your wires when your intermediate posts are no more than 1500mm apart. We highly recommend reading the Wire Balustrade Regulations Help section of our website prior to ordering. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #262626; font-family: Open Sans, sans-serif;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMore Questions? \u003c\/strong\u003eNo problem, just send us an email at \u003ca title=\"Website Question: Wire Balustrade\" href=\"mailto:sales@awrsolutions.com.au\"\u003esales@awrsolutions.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e or give us a call on \u003cstrong\u003e1300 781 266\u003c\/strong\u003e and we would be happy to help.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"MsoNormal\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"MsoNormal\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bright Finish","offers":[{"title":"Metal\/ Aluminium Posts \/ Factory Swaged to length","offer_id":45273561202876,"sku":"WBS-RFSAD-M","price":9.79,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/6565\/4716\/files\/WBS-RFSAD-M.jpg?v=1759725901"},{"product_id":"bright-finish-factory-swaged-wire-balustrade-rig-f-with-screw-eyes","title":"Bright Finish Factory Swaged Wire Balustrade - Rig Fork System with Screw Eyes - Suits Timber Posts","description":"\u003ch2\u003eWire Balustrade - Rig Fork System with Screw Eyes\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cp\u003eIs one of our most versatile systems. It is suitable for use with timber posts and is great for both straight sections and stair sections. Tension is created on the wire by rotation of the rigging screw body. Tightening the nuts against the body of the rigging screw locks the system in place.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/assets\/images\/logo\/BRIGHT%20FINISH%20logo.png\" style=\"height: 27px; width: 300px;\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Our Bright Finish range offers a stylish and extremely durable finish to your wire balustrade system. Made from high quality 316 Grade stainless steel and processed to perfection this bright stianless steel finish offers long term corrosion resistance with a smooth and shiny lustre. To see this high quality finish for yourself we recommend ordering a \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/bright-finish-sample-request\/\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eFREE SAMPLE HERE\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003ciframe allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" allowfullscreen=\"\" frameborder=\"0\" height=\"315\" referrerpolicy=\"strict-origin-when-cross-origin\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/TQ-Mi5AYxpc?si=LZCSgJKE74fgXUBP\" title=\"YouTube video player\" width=\"560\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eTHIS SYSTEM:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e • is suitable for use with timber posts\u003cbr\u003e • is great for both flat and stair sections\u003cbr\u003e • requires factory hydraulic swaging\u003cbr\u003e • AWR can factory swage balustrade wires to your exact lengths. \u003cstrong\u003eOrder before 2pm\u003c\/strong\u003e for next business day pick up or dispatch.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eKEY BENEFITS OF THIS SYSTEM:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cem\u003e• \u003c\/em\u003eWires are pre-manufactured to your exact lengths\u003cbr\u003e \u003cem\u003e• \u003c\/em\u003eExtremely quick and simple installation \u003cbr\u003e \u003cem\u003e• \u003c\/em\u003eUses ultra-bright and sleek 1 x 19 wire rope\u003cbr\u003e \u003cem\u003e• \u003c\/em\u003eAll fittings made from high quality 316 grade stainless steel\u003cbr\u003e \u003cem\u003e• \u003c\/em\u003eThis system is suitable for both flat and stair sections\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eCOMPONENTS REQUIRED PER WIRE:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e1 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/hardware\/shade-sail-hardware\/rigging-screw-turnbuckles-forks\/rigging-screw-jaw-swage-316-grade-stainless-steel\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eSS-312T-532\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e - Rigging Screw Jaw - Swage 316 grade M5 3.2m Wire\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e1 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/fork-terminal-swage-316gr-2.5mm-wire~2181\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eSS-7803-03\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e - Fork Terminal - Swage 316grade 3.2mm Wire\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e2 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/hardware\/marine-boat-hardware\/screw-eyes-lag-screws\/screw-eye-timber-316-grade-stainless-steel\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eSS-3182-0660\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e - Screw Eye Timber 316grade 6mm x 60mm\u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003e2 x S03\u003c\/b\u003e - Cut and Factory Swage (Additional Cost)\u003cbr\u003e \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/1-x-19-wire-rope-316-grade-stainless-steel-sizes-1\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eWRS119316-032-MTR\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e - 3.2mm 1 x 19 Wire Rope 316 Grade (Additonal cost Charged per Metre)\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch2\u003eWire Balustrade - FAQ’s\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: What are the best Wire Balustrade posts for the Wire Balustrade - Rig Fork System with Screw Eyes?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: Wire Balustrade - Rig Fork System with Screw Eyes is suitable for use with timber posts\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: Is this product suitable for a Flat Balustrade or Stair Balustrade?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: Wire Balustrade - Rig Fork System with Screw Eyes is suitable for both flat and stair sections\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: How long does it take for my wires to be manufactured?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: If your order is confirmed by 2pm we will have your wires manufactured and ready for dispatch or pick-up the following business day.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: What hole size do I need in my posts for the Wire Balustrade Rig Fork System with Saddles?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: You will need to Pre-drill your connection posts with a 4mm hole for easy installation of the screw eye. For your intermediate posts, an 8mm hole will be required to pass the threaded terminal through.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch5\u003eNote: if you are using split grommets (106874FB or 106874FS) you will require an 11\/32” hole (8.73mm ) in your intermediate posts.\u003c\/h5\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: Can I use this system for Stairs?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: Yes, the Fork ends will naturally pivot to the angle of your stairs on the Screw Eyes.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: What measurements are required for the Rig Fork System with Screw Eyes?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: Please give us your inside post to inside post measurements between your connection posts and we will take care of the rest.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: What is the maximum length I can use with the Rig Fork System with Screw Eyes?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: The maximum recommended span between connection posts for this system is 10 metres.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: What size and type of wire should I use for this system?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: As with all factory made systems we recommend using 3.2mm 1x19 wire. The fittings are hydraulically pressed onto the wire for a super streamline system.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: Do I need any special tools to install this system?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: You will need a power drill, drill bits, drive bits and an adjustable spanner. We also recommend purchasing a C spanner for tensioning the rigging Screws for easier installation.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: How do my wires arrive to me?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: All wires are bundled per section and labelled with your measurements for quick installation on site.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: Can I run my Wire Balustrade around corners?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: We strongly advise against bending your wire around corners and angled sections. This can fatigue the wire over time as well as damage to your posts (especially timber). Wires should be terminated at each corner and end post.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: How many runs of wire do I need for my Balustrade?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: To comply with Australian NCC regulations most wire balustrades will require 80mm spacing between your wires when your intermediate posts are no more than 1500mm apart. We highly recommend reading the Wire Balustrade Regulations Help section of our website prior to ordering.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eMore Questions? \u003c\/strong\u003eNo problem, just send us an email at \u003ca href=\"mailto:sales@awrsolutions.com.au\" title=\"Website Question: Wire Balustrade\"\u003esales@awrsolutions.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e or give us a call on \u003cstrong\u003e1300 781 266\u003c\/strong\u003e and we would be happy to help.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e ","brand":"Bright Finish","offers":[{"title":"Timber Posts \/ Factory Swaged to length","offer_id":45273561465020,"sku":"WBS-RFSE","price":11.33,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/6565\/4716\/files\/WBS-RFSE.jpg?v=1759725904"},{"product_id":"bright-finish-factory-swaged-wire-balustrade-timbe-insert-system","title":"Bright Finish Factory Swaged Wire Balustrade - Timber Insert System - Suits Timber Posts","description":"\u003ch2\u003eWire Balustrade - Timber Insert System\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cp\u003eIs one of our most streamline systems. It is suitable for use with timber posts and is great for both straight sections and stair sections. Tension is created on the wire by threading the LHT\/ RHT swage studs into the LHT\/ RHT timber inserts. Tightening the nuts against the head of the timber inserts locks the system in place.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/assets\/images\/logo\/BRIGHT%20FINISH%20logo.png\" style=\"height: 27px; width: 300px;\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Our Bright Finish range offers a stylish and extremely durable finish to your wire balustrade system. Made from high quality 316 Grade stainless steel (Timber Inserts are 304 grade)  and processed to perfection this bright stianless steel finish offers long term corrosion resistance with a smooth and shiny lustre. To see this high quality finish for yourself we recommend ordering a \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/bright-finish-sample-request\/\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eFREE SAMPLE HERE\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003ciframe allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" allowfullscreen=\"\" frameborder=\"0\" height=\"315\" referrerpolicy=\"strict-origin-when-cross-origin\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/Urv1TzGCwFg?si=n74JPhG4nGjFkRzG\" title=\"YouTube video player\" width=\"560\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eTHIS SYSTEM:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e • Is suitable for use with timber posts\u003cbr\u003e • Is great for both flat and stair sections\u003cbr\u003e • Requires factory hydraulic swaging\u003cbr\u003e • AWR can factory swage balustrade wires to your exact lengths. \u003cstrong\u003eOrder before 2pm\u003c\/strong\u003e for next business day pick up or dispatch.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eKEY BENEFITS TO THIS SYSTEM:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e • Wires are pre-manufactured to your exact lengths\u003cbr\u003e • Extremely quick and simple installation \u003cbr\u003e • Uses ultra-bright and sleek 1 x 19 wire rope\u003cbr\u003e • All fittings made from high quality 316 grade stainless steel (Timber inserts 304 grade)\u003cbr\u003e • This system is suitable for both flat and stair sections when used with swivel connectors on stairs.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eCOMPONENTS REQUIRED PER WIRE:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cspan style=\"color: #ff9900;\"\u003eIndividual items can be added to the cart from below:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e1 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/hardware\/stainless-steel-hardware\/balustrade-components\/threaded-timber-inserts-m6-x-32mm-lht-304-grade-st\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eSS-3310-06L\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e -M6 x 32 LHT Threaded Timber Insert 304 Grade\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e1 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/hardware\/stainless-steel-hardware\/balustrade-components\/threaded-timber-inserts-m6-x-32mm-rht-304-grade-st\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eSS-3310-06R\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e - M6 x 32 RHT Threaded Timber Insert 304 Grade\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e1 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/swage-stud-316gr-m5-lh-thread-3.2mm-wire~2179\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eSS-7801-03635L\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e - M6 x 35mm LHT Swage Stud to suit 3.2mm Wire 316 Grade\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e1 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/swage-stud-316gr-m5-thread-2.5mm-wire~2178\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eSS-7801-03635R\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e - M6 x 35mm RHT Swage Stud to suit 3.2mm Wire 316 Grade\u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003e2 x S03\u003c\/b\u003e - Cut and Factory Swage (Additional Cost)\u003cbr\u003e \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/1-x-19-wire-rope-316-grade-stainless-steel-sizes-1\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eWRS119316-032-MTR\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e - 3.2mm 1 x 19 Wire Rope 316 Grade (Additonal cost Charged per Metre)\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cspan style=\"color: #ff9900;\"\u003eAdd Ons for Stairs:\u003cbr\u003e \u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/wire-balustrade\/wire-balustrade-hardware\/flip-lock-nuts-swivel-connectors\/angle-connector-m6-x-15mm-right-hand-thread-316-gr\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eSS-7813R-0615\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e - Swivel Connector M6 x 15mm LHT - 316 Grade Stainless Steel\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/wire-balustrade\/wire-balustrade-hardware\/flip-lock-nuts-swivel-connectors\/angle-connector-m6-x-15mm-left-hand-thread-316-gra\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eSS-7813L-0615\u003c\/a\u003e - \u003c\/strong\u003eSwivel Connector M6 x 15mm RHT - 316 Grade Stainless Steel\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch2\u003eWire Balustrade FAQ'S for this system\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ:  How long does it take for my wires to be manufactured?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: If your order is confirmed by 2pm we will have your wires manufactured and ready for dispatch or pick-up the following business day.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ:  What hole size do I need in my posts for the Timber Insert System?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: You will require an 7.5mm hole to a depth of 35mm in your end connection posts to install the Timber Inserts. For your intermediate posts, an 7.5mm hole will be required to pass the threaded terminal through.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch5\u003eNote: if you are using split grommets (106874FB or 106874FS) you will require an 11\/32” hole (8.73mm ) in your intermediate posts.\u003c\/h5\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ:  Can I use this system for Stairs?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: Yes the Timber Insert System can be used on stairs but you will require 1 x LHT Swivel Connector and 1 x RHT Swivel Connector per wire.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ:  What measurements are required for the Wire Balustrade Timber Insert System?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: Please give us your inside post to inside post measurements between your connection posts and we will take care of the rest.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ:  What is the maximum length I can use with the Timber Insert System?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: The maximum recommended span between connection posts for this system is 10 metres.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ:  What size and type of wire should I use for this system?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: As with all factory made systems we recommend using 3.2mm 1x19 wire. The fittings are hydraulically pressed onto the wire for a super streamline system.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ:  I need any special tools to install this Wire Balustrade System?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: You will require a power drill, 8mm drill bit, M6 Hex Drive Bit, and an adjustable spanner.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ:  How do my wires arrive to me?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: All wires are bundled per section and labelled with your measurements for quick installation on site.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ:  Can I run my Wire Balustrade around corners?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: We strongly advise against bending your wire around corners and angled sections. This can fatigue the wire over time as well as damage to your posts (especially timber). Wires should be terminated at each corner and end post.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ:  How many runs of wire do I need for my balustrade?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: To comply with Australian NCC regulations most wire balustrades will require 80mm spacing between your wires when your intermediate posts are no more than 1500mm apart. We highly recommend reading the Wire Balustrade Regulations Help section of our website prior to ordering.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eMore Questions? \u003c\/strong\u003eNo problem, just send us an email at \u003ca href=\"mailto:sales@awrsolutions.com.au\" title=\"Website Question: Wire Balustrade\"\u003esales@awrsolutions.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e or give us a call on \u003cstrong\u003e1300 781 266\u003c\/strong\u003e and we would be happy to help.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e ","brand":"Bright Finish","offers":[{"title":"Timber Posts \/ Factory Swaged to length","offer_id":45273561628860,"sku":"WBS-TIS","price":9.22,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/6565\/4716\/files\/WBS-TIS.jpg?v=1759725905"},{"product_id":"bright-finish-factory-swaged-wire-balustrade-tensi-terminal-system","title":"Bright Finish Factory Swaged Wire Balustrade - Tensioner Terminal System - Suits Timber or Metal Posts","description":"\u003ch2\u003eWire Balustrade - Tensioner Terminal System\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cfont color=\"#262626\"\u003e\u003cfont face=\"Open Sans, Helvetica, sans-serif\"\u003e\u003cfont style=\"box-sizing:border-box; font-size:14px; font-style:normal; font-variant-ligatures:normal; font-weight:400; text-align:left; white-space:normal; background-color:#f9f9f9; text-decoration-thickness:initial; text-decoration-style:initial; text-decoration-color:initial\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size:13px\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"box-sizing:border-box\"\u003eIs one of our most streamline systems. It is suitable for use with timber posts and metal posts and is great for both straight sections and stair sections. Tension is created on the wire by threading the Allen Key Tensioner onto the swage stud of the wire using an Allen key. \u003cstrong style=\"box-sizing:border-box; font-weight:bolder\"\u003ePlease Note: \u003c\/strong\u003eThis system is threaded right through the end posts and requires tensioning on the outside faces of the post. It is not recommended for corner sections.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/font\u003e\u003c\/font\u003e\u003c\/font\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/assets\/images\/logo\/BRIGHT%20FINISH%20logo.png\" style=\"height: 27px; width: 300px;\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Our Bright Finish range offers a stylish and extremely durable finish to your wire balustrade system. Made from high quality 316 Grade stainless steel and processed to perfection this bright stianless steel finish offers long term corrosion resistance with a smooth and shiny lustre. To see this high quality finish for yourself we recommend ordering a \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/bright-finish-sample-request\/\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eFREE SAMPLE HERE\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003cbr style=\"box-sizing:border-box\"\u003e \u003cbr style=\"box-sizing:border-box\"\u003e \u003cfont color=\"#262626\"\u003e\u003cfont face=\"Open Sans, Helvetica, sans-serif\"\u003e\u003cfont style=\"box-sizing:border-box; font-size:14px; font-style:normal; font-variant-ligatures:normal; font-weight:400; text-align:left; white-space:normal; background-color:#f9f9f9; text-decoration-thickness:initial; text-decoration-style:initial; text-decoration-color:initial\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size:13px\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"box-sizing:border-box\"\u003e\u003cstrong style=\"box-sizing:border-box; font-weight:bolder\"\u003eTHIS SYSTEM:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr style=\"box-sizing:border-box\"\u003e • is suitable for use with timber posts and metal posts\u003cbr style=\"box-sizing:border-box\"\u003e • is great for both flat and stair sections\u003cbr style=\"box-sizing:border-box\"\u003e • Requires factory hydraulic swaging\u003cbr style=\"box-sizing:border-box\"\u003e • AWR can factory swage balustrade wires to your exact lengths. \u003cstrong style=\"box-sizing:border-box; font-weight:bolder\"\u003eOrder before 2pm\u003c\/strong\u003e for next business day pick up or dispatch.\u003cbr style=\"box-sizing:border-box\"\u003e \u003cbr style=\"box-sizing:border-box\"\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"box-sizing:border-box; font-weight:bolder\"\u003eKEY BENEFITS OF THIS SYSTEM:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr style=\"box-sizing:border-box\"\u003e • Wires are pre-manufactured to your exact lengths\u003cbr style=\"box-sizing:border-box\"\u003e • Extremely quick and simple installation \u003cbr style=\"box-sizing:border-box\"\u003e • Uses ultra-bright and sleek 1 x 19 wire rope\u003cbr style=\"box-sizing:border-box\"\u003e • All fittings made from high quality 316 grade stainless steel\u003cbr style=\"box-sizing:border-box\"\u003e • This system is suitable for both flat and stair sections with the use of bevelled washers.\u003cbr style=\"box-sizing:border-box\"\u003e \u003cbr style=\"box-sizing:border-box\"\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"box-sizing:border-box; font-weight:bolder\"\u003eCOMPONENTS REQUIRED PER WIRE:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr style=\"box-sizing:border-box\"\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"box-sizing:border-box; font-weight:bolder\"\u003e2 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/hardware\/wire-balustrades-hardware\/architectural-balls-hex-tensioners\/allen-key-hex-head-tensioner-316-grade-stainless-s\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eHTEN-6\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e - Allen Key Tensioner 316grade M6\u003cbr style=\"box-sizing:border-box\"\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"box-sizing:border-box; font-weight:bolder\"\u003e2 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/swage-stud-316gr-m5-thread-2.5mm-wire~2178\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eSS-7801-036\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e - Swage Stud 316gr M6 Thread 3.2mm Wire\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/font\u003e\u003c\/font\u003e\u003c\/font\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cspan style=\"font-size:14px;\"\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 x S03\u003c\/b\u003e - Cut and Factory Swage (Additional Cost)\u003cbr\u003e \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/1-x-19-wire-rope-316-grade-stainless-steel-sizes-1\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eWRS119316-032-MTR\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e - 3.2mm 1 x 19 Wire Rope 316 Grade (Additonal cost Charged per Metre)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: How long does it take for my wires to be manufactured?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: If your order is confirmed by 2pm we will have your wires manufactured and ready for dispatch or pick-up the following business day.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: What hole size do I need in my posts for the Wire Balustrade Tensioner Terminal System?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: You will require an 8mm hole in your end connection and intermediate posts.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch5\u003eNote: if you are using split grommets (106874FB or 106874FS) you will require an 11\/32” hole (8.73mm ) in your intermediate posts.\u003c\/h5\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: Can I use this Wire Balustrade System for Stairs?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: Yes the Tensioner Terminal System can be used on stairs but you will require 2 x 35 Degree Bevelled Washers.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: What measurements are required for the Wire Balustrade Tensioner Terminal system?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: Please give us your outside post to outside post measurements between your connection posts and we will take care of the rest.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: What is the maximum length I can use with the Tensioner Terminal System?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: The maximum recommended span between connection posts for this system is 10 metres.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: What size and type of wire should I use for this system?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: with all factory made systems we recommend using 3.2mm 1x19 wire. The fittings are hydraulically pressed onto the wire for a super streamline system.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: Do I need any special tools to install this Wire Balustrade System?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: Just common handyman tools. You will require a power drill, 8mm drill bit, Allen key and an adjustable spanner.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: How do my wires arrive to me?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: wires are bundled per section and labelled with your measurements for quick installation on site.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: Can I run my Wire Balustrade around corners?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: strongly advise against bending your wire around corners and angled sections. This can fatigue the wire over time as well as damage to your posts (especially timber). Wires should be terminated at each corner and end post.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: How many runs of wire do I need for my balustrade?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: comply with Australian NCC regulations most wire balustrades will require 80mm spacing between your wires when your intermediate posts are no more than 1500mm apart. We highly recommend reading the Wire Balustrade Regulations Help section of our website prior to ordering.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eMore Questions? \u003c\/strong\u003eNo problem, just send us an email at \u003ca href=\"mailto:sales@awrsolutions.com.au\" title=\"Website Question: Wire Balustrade\"\u003esales@awrsolutions.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e or give us a call on \u003cstrong\u003e1300 781 266\u003c\/strong\u003e and we would be happy to help.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e ","brand":"Bright Finish","offers":[{"title":"Timber Posts \/ Metal\/ Aluminium Posts \/ Factory Swaged to length","offer_id":45273561825468,"sku":"WBS-TTS","price":9.48,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/6565\/4716\/files\/WBS-TTS_ef8f9603-b5bd-42ac-9810-a4f02884b6fc.jpg?v=1759725907"},{"product_id":"blacketch-diy-swaged-wire-balustrade-supplied-as-c-suits-metal-posts","title":"BlackEtch DIY Swaged Wire Balustrade (Supplied as components only) - DIY Tension Rod System - Suits Metal Posts","description":"\u003ch2\u003eWire Balustrade - DIY Tension Rod System\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe DIY Tension Rod Balustrade Wire System is the perfect solution for you to add a touch of modern style and safety to your home or outdoor space.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Crafted with high-quality stainless steel materials, this system is durable and built to last, ensuring that you can enjoy your new wire balustrade for years to come. The adjustable tension rods make installation a breeze.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Not only does this system provide a sleek and modern aesthetic, but it also provides a safe and secure boundary for, balconies, decks, and more. The minimalistic design allows for uninterrupted views, creating an open and inviting atmosphere for your space.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003eTHIS SYSTEM:\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e • Is suitable for use with metal posts\u003cbr\u003e • Is great for flat balustrade sections\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003eKEY BENEFITS OF THIS SYSTEM:\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e • Super sleek design achievable with full on-site DIY installation tools (See below) \u003cbr\u003e • Uses ultra-bright and sleek 1 x 19 wire rope\u003cbr\u003e • All fittings and wire made from high quality 316 grade stainless steel (Nut Rivets - 304 Grade)\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eRECOMMENDED INSTALLATION TOOLS FOR THIS SYSTEM:\u003cbr\u003e \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/wire-balustrade-tools-fasteners\/swage-tools\/hand-swage-tools\/opt-hex-hand-swaging-tool-suits-ss-7807-03\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"\" src=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/assets\/images\/HX-50.jpg\" style=\"width: 183px; height: 250px;\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e     \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/wire-balustrade-tools-fasteners\/wire-balustrade-installation-tools\/installation-tools\/opt-soft-jaw-pliers-suits-diy-tension-rod-systems\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"\" src=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/assets\/images\/PL-10.jpg\" style=\"width: 190px; height: 250px;\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e     \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/hand-rivet-nut-tool-m4-m10-hn2~2023\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"\" src=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/assets\/images\/HN-2.jpg\" style=\"width: 179px; height: 250px;\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e     \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/wire-balustrade-tools-fasteners\/wire-balustrade-installation-tools\/awr-multi-tool-304-grade-stainless-steel-satin-fin\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"\" src=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/assets\/images\/MT01-090.jpg\" style=\"width: 188px; height: 250px;\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003eCOMPONENTS REQUIRED PER WIRE:\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e1x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/316-grade-stainless-steel\/black-etch-tensioning-rod-m8-to-suit-3.2mm-wire-ro\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eBS-3320-0835\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e - Tensioning Rod M8 304 Grade Stainless Steel\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e1x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/316-grade-stainless-steel\/black-etch-finishing-cap-m8-to-suit-3.2mm-wire-rop\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eBS-3330-0825\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e - Finishing Cap M8 316 Grade Stainless Steel\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e1x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/316-grade-stainless-steel\/black-etch-stop-bolt-m8-to-suit-3.2mm-wire-rope-31\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eBS-3340-08\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e - Stop Bolt M8 316 Grade Stainless Steel\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e1x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/hardware\/stainless-steel-hardware\/balustrade-components\/swage-terminal-suits-3.2mm-wire-rope-316-grade-sta\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eSS-7807-03\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e -   Swage Terminal 316 Grade Stainless Steel\u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003e2 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/304-grade-stainless-steel\/blacketch-nut-rivet-m8-right-hand-thread-large-fla\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eNS-BS-M08-R\u003c\/a\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e- M8 RHT Large Flange Nutsert 304 Grade\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/wire-rope\/stainless-steel-wire-rope\/1-x-19-construction\/blacketch-3.2mm-1-x-19-wire-rope-316-grade-stainle~2355\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eBWRS119316-032-MTR\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e - 3.2mm 1 x 19 Wire Rope 316 Grade (Additonal cost Charged per Metre)\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e \u003cspan style=\"font-size:14px;\"\u003eWire Balustrade FAQ's\u003cbr\u003e Q: What are the best Wire Balustrade posts for the DIY Tension Rod System?\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size:14px;\"\u003eA: This system is only suitable for metal posts. View \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/wire-balustrade\/wire-balustrade-systems\/to-suit-timber-posts-diy\/blacketch-diy-swaged-wire-balustrade-supplied-as-c\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eWBSB-DIYTRS-T\u003c\/a\u003e for a version suitable for timber posts.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size:14px;\"\u003eQ: Is this product suitable for a Flat Balustrade or Stair Balustrade?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size:14px;\"\u003eA: The Wire Balustrade - DIY Tension Rod System is only suitable for a Flat Balustrade sections.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e \u003cspan style=\"font-size:14px;\"\u003eQ: How does the the DIY Tension Rod System work?\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"font-size:14px;\"\u003eA: The Wire is swaged into the swage terminal SS-7807-07 at each end using the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/wire-balustrade-tools-fasteners\/swage-tools\/hand-swage-tools\/opt-hex-hand-swaging-tool-suits-ss-7807-03\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eHX-50 Swage Tool\u003c\/a\u003e, using a combination of the Stop Bolt and the Tension Rod and Finishing Cap the wire is held firmly in place.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e  \u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size:14px;\"\u003eQ: What hole size do I need in my posts for the Wire Balustrade DIY Tension Rod System work?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"font-size:14px;\"\u003eA: A 11mm hole is required in your end connection posts to install the M8 RHT Nut Rivets. For your intermediate posts, a minimum hole size of 4mm hole is required to pass the wire rope through. \u003cstrong\u003ePlease Note:\u003c\/strong\u003e If you are using split grommets (106874FB or 106874FS) you will require an 11\/32” hole (8.73mm ) in your intermediate posts.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e  \u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size:14px;\"\u003eQ: Can I use this Wire Balustrade system for Stairs?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"font-size:14px;\"\u003eA: No the Tension Rod System cannot be used on stair angles.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e  \u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size:14px;\"\u003eQ: What is the maximum length I can use with the Wire Balustrade Tension Rod System?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"font-size:14px;\"\u003eA: The maximum recommended span between connection posts for this system is 10 metres.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e  \u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size:14px;\"\u003eQ: What size and type of wire should I use for this Wire Balustrade system?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"font-size:14px;\"\u003eA: This system is specifically designed for use with 3.2mm 1x19 wire. The swage terminals are pressed onto the wire for a super streamline system.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e  \u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size:14px;\"\u003eQ: Do I need any special tools to install this Wire Balustrade system?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"font-size:14px;\"\u003eA: With this system you will require a power drill, drill bits and recomended installation tools as listed above.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e  \u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size:14px;\"\u003eQ: Can I run my Wire Balustrade around corners?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"font-size:14px;\"\u003eA: We strongly advise against bending your wire around corners and angled sections. This can fatigue the wire over time as well as damage to your posts (especially timber). Wires should be terminated at each change of direction.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e  \u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size:14px;\"\u003eQ: How many runs of wire do I need for my balustrade?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"font-size:14px;\"\u003eA: To comply with Australian NCC regulations most wire balustrades will require 80mm spacing between your wires when your intermediate posts are no more than 1500mm apart. We highly recommend reading the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/wire-balustrade-regulations\/\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eWire Balustrade Regulations Help section\u003c\/a\u003e on our website prior to ordering or contacting us for advice.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e  \u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size:14px;\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eMore Questions? \u003c\/b\u003eNo problem, just send us an email at \u003ca href=\"mailto:sales@awrsolutions.com.au\" title=\"Website Question: Wire Balustrade\"\u003esales@awrsolutions.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e or give us a call on \u003cb\u003e1300 781 266\u003c\/b\u003e and we would be happy to help.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e ","brand":"BlackEtch","offers":[{"title":"Metal\/ Aluminium Posts \/ DIY Hex Swage","offer_id":45273561989308,"sku":"WBSB-DIYTRS-M","price":13.35,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/6565\/4716\/files\/WBSB-DIYTRS-M.jpg?v=1759725908"},{"product_id":"blacketch-diy-swaged-wire-balustrade-supplied-as-c-suits-timber-posts","title":"BlackEtch DIY Swaged Wire Balustrade (Supplied as components only) - DIY Tension Rod System - Suits Timber Posts","description":"\u003ch2\u003eWire Balustrade - DIY Tension Rod System\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe DIY Tension Rod Balustrade Wire System is the perfect solution for you to add a touch of modern style and safety to your home or outdoor space.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Crafted with high-quality stainless steel materials, this system is durable and built to last, ensuring that you can enjoy your new wire balustrade for years to come. The adjustable tension rods make installation a breeze.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Not only does this system provide a sleek and modern aesthetic, but it also provides a safe and secure boundary for, balconies, decks, and more. The minimalistic design allows for uninterrupted views, creating an open and inviting atmosphere for your space.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003eTHIS SYSTEM:\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e • Is suitable for use with timber posts\u003cbr\u003e • Is great for flat balustrade sections\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003eKEY BENEFITS OF THIS SYSTEM:\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e • Super sleek design achievable with full on-site DIY installation tools (See below) \u003cbr\u003e • Uses smooth BlackEtch 1 x 19 wire rope\u003cbr\u003e • All fittings and wire made from high quality 316 grade stainless steel (Timber Inserts - 304 Grade)\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eRECOMMENDED INSTALLATION TOOLS FOR THIS SYSTEM:\u003cbr\u003e \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/wire-balustrade-tools-fasteners\/swage-tools\/hand-swage-tools\/opt-hex-hand-swaging-tool-suits-ss-7807-03\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"\" src=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/assets\/images\/HX-50.jpg\" style=\"width: 183px; height: 250px;\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e     \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/wire-balustrade-tools-fasteners\/wire-balustrade-installation-tools\/installation-tools\/opt-soft-jaw-pliers-suits-diy-tension-rod-systems\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"\" src=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/assets\/images\/PL-10.jpg\" style=\"width: 190px; height: 250px;\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e     \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/drill-bit-hex-driver-bit\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"\" src=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/assets\/images\/DB-HIB-08.jpg\" style=\"width: 188px; height: 250px;\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e     \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/wire-balustrade-tools-fasteners\/wire-balustrade-installation-tools\/awr-multi-tool-304-grade-stainless-steel-satin-fin\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"\" src=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/assets\/images\/MT01-090.jpg\" style=\"width: 188px; height: 250px;\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003eCOMPONENTS REQUIRED PER WIRE:\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e1x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/316-grade-stainless-steel\/black-etch-tensioning-rod-m8-to-suit-3.2mm-wire-ro\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eBS-3320-0835\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e - Tensioning Rod M8 304 Grade Stainless Steel\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e1x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/316-grade-stainless-steel\/black-etch-finishing-cap-m8-to-suit-3.2mm-wire-rop\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eBS-3330-0825\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e - Finishing Cap M8 316 Grade Stainless Steel\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e1x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/316-grade-stainless-steel\/black-etch-stop-bolt-m8-to-suit-3.2mm-wire-rope-31\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eBS-3340-08\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e - Stop Bolt M8 316 Grade Stainless Steel\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e1x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/hardware\/stainless-steel-hardware\/balustrade-components\/swage-terminal-suits-3.2mm-wire-rope-316-grade-sta\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eSS-7807-03\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e -   Swage Terminal 316 Grade Stainless Steel\u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003e2 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/304-grade-stainless-steel\/black-etch-threaded-timber-inserts-m8-x-32mm-rht-3\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eBS-3310-08R\u003c\/a\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e- M8 RHT Timber Insert 304 Grade\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/wire-rope\/stainless-steel-wire-rope\/1-x-19-construction\/blacketch-3.2mm-1-x-19-wire-rope-316-grade-stainle~2355\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eBWRS119316-032-MTR\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e - 3.2mm 1 x 19 Wire Rope 316 Grade (Additonal cost Charged per Metre)\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e \u003cspan style=\"font-size:14px;\"\u003eWire Balustrade FAQ's\u003cbr\u003e Q: What are the best Wire Balustrade posts for the DIY Tension Rod System?\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size:14px;\"\u003eA: This system is only suitable for timber posts. View \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/wire-balustrade\/wire-balustrade-systems\/to-suit-metal-posts-diy\/blacketch-diy-swaged-wire-balustrade-supplied-as-c\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eWBSB-DIYTRS-M\u003c\/a\u003e for a version suitable for metal posts.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size:14px;\"\u003eQ: Is this product suitable for a Flat Balustrade or Stair Balustrade?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size:14px;\"\u003eA: The Wire Balustrade - DIY Tension Rod System is only suitable for a Flat Balustrade sections.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e \u003cspan style=\"font-size:14px;\"\u003eQ: How does the the DIY Tension Rod System work?\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"font-size:14px;\"\u003eA: The Wire is swaged into the swage terminal SS-7807-07 at each end using the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/wire-balustrade-tools-fasteners\/swage-tools\/hand-swage-tools\/opt-hex-hand-swaging-tool-suits-ss-7807-03\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eHX-50 Swage Tool\u003c\/a\u003e, using a combination of the Stop Bolt and the Tension Rod and Finishing Cap the wire is held firmly in place.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e  \u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size:14px;\"\u003eQ: What hole size do I need in my posts for the Wire Balustrade DIY Tension Rod System work?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"font-size:14px;\"\u003eA: A 9.5mm hole is required in your end connection posts to install the Timber Inserts. For your intermediate posts, a minimum hole size of 4mm hole is required to pass the wire rope through. \u003cstrong\u003ePlease Note:\u003c\/strong\u003e If you are using split grommets (106874FB or 106874FS) you will require an 11\/32” hole (8.73mm ) in your intermediate posts to a depth of 10mm.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e  \u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size:14px;\"\u003eQ: Can I use this Wire Balustrade system for Stairs?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"font-size:14px;\"\u003eA: No the Tension Rod System cannot be used on stair angles.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e  \u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size:14px;\"\u003eQ: What is the maximum length I can use with the Wire Balustrade Tension Rod System?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"font-size:14px;\"\u003eA: The maximum recommended span between connection posts for this system is 10 metres.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e  \u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size:14px;\"\u003eQ: What size and type of wire should I use for this Wire Balustrade system?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"font-size:14px;\"\u003eA: This system is specifically designed for use with 3.2mm 1x19 wire. The swage terminals are pressed onto the wire for a super streamline system.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e  \u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size:14px;\"\u003eQ: Do I need any special tools to install this Wire Balustrade system?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"font-size:14px;\"\u003eA: With this system you will require is a power drill, drill bits and recomended installation tools as listed above.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e  \u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size:14px;\"\u003eQ: Can I run my Wire Balustrade around corners?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"font-size:14px;\"\u003eA: We strongly advise against bending your wire around corners and angled sections. This can fatigue the wire over time as well as damage to your posts (especially timber). Wires should be terminated at each change of direction.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e  \u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size:14px;\"\u003eQ: How many runs of wire do I need for my balustrade?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"font-size:14px;\"\u003eA: To comply with Australian NCC regulations most wire balustrades will require 80mm spacing between your wires when your intermediate posts are no more than 1500mm apart. We highly recommend reading the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/wire-balustrade-regulations\/\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eWire Balustrade Regulations Help section\u003c\/a\u003e on our website prior to ordering or contacting us for advice.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e  \u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size:14px;\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eMore Questions? \u003c\/b\u003eNo problem, just send us an email at \u003ca href=\"mailto:sales@awrsolutions.com.au\" title=\"Website Question: Wire Balustrade\"\u003esales@awrsolutions.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e or give us a call on \u003cb\u003e1300 781 266\u003c\/b\u003e and we would be happy to help.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e ","brand":"BlackEtch","offers":[{"title":"Factory Swaged to length","offer_id":45273562120380,"sku":"WBSB-DIYTRS-T","price":16.71,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/6565\/4716\/files\/WBSB-DIYTRS-T.jpg?v=1759725910"},{"product_id":"blacketch-factory-swaged-wire-balustrade-flip-lock","title":"BlackEtch Factory Swaged Wire Balustrade - Flip Lock System - Suits Metal Posts","description":"\u003ch2\u003eWire Balustrade - Flip Lock System\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cp\u003eIs one of our most streamline systems. It is suitable for use with metal posts and is great for both straight sections and stair sections. Tension is created on the wire by threading the LHT\/ RHT swage studs into the LHT\/ RHT Flip Lock Nuts. Tightening the nuts against the head of the Flip Lock Nuts locks the system in place.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/assets\/images\/BlackEtch-(transparent-BG)%20-%20Cropped.png\" style=\"height: 43px; width: 300px;\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Exclusively available through AWR Solutions our BlackEtch process offers a unique, stylish, and extremely durable finish to your wire balustrade system. Etched into the surface of fittings and wire our BlackEtch process offers a smooth black finish with superior corrosion resistance. To see this great finish for yourself we recommend ordering a \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/blacketch-sample-request\/\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eFREE SAMPLE HERE\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003ciframe allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" allowfullscreen=\"\" frameborder=\"0\" height=\"315\" referrerpolicy=\"strict-origin-when-cross-origin\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/eqFpyBroZCI?si=JbyQTo4fyiHmVTAy\" title=\"YouTube video player\" width=\"560\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003eTHIS SYSTEM:\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e • Is suitable for use with metal posts\u003cbr\u003e • Is great for both flat and stair sections\u003cbr\u003e • Requires factory hydraulic swaging\u003cbr\u003e • AWR can factory swage balustrade wires to your exact lengths. \u003cb\u003eOrder before 2pm\u003c\/b\u003e for next business day pick up or dispatch.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003eKEY BENEFITS OF THIS SYSTEM:\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e • Wires are pre-manufactured to your exact lengths\u003cbr\u003e • Extremely quick and simple installation\u003cbr\u003e • Uses BlackEtch sleek 1 x 19 wire rope\u003cbr\u003e • All fittings made from high quality 316 grade stainless steel\u003cbr\u003e • This system is suitable for both flat and stair sections - suitable for stair sections up to 37º when a 10mm hole is drilled.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003eCOMPONENTS REQUIRED PER WIRE:\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003e1 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/hardware\/stainless-steel-hardware\/blacketch-wire-balustrade-hardware\/flip-lock-nut-right-hand-thread-m6-x-30mm-316-grad\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eBS-FLN-06L\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e-M6 x 30 LHT Flip Lock Nut 316 Grade\u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003e1 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/hardware\/stainless-steel-hardware\/blacketch-wire-balustrade-hardware\/flip-lock-nut-left-hand-thread-m6-x-30mm-316-grade\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eBS-FLN-06R\u003c\/a\u003e -\u003c\/b\u003eM6 x 30 RHT Flip Lock Nut 316 Grade\u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003e1 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/hardware\/stainless-steel-hardware\/blacketch-wire-balustrade-hardware\/blacketch-swage-stud-m6-x-35mm-left-hand-thread-to\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eBS-7801-03635L\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e - M6 x 35mm LHT Swage Stud to suit 3.2mm Wire 316 Grade\u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003e1 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/hardware\/stainless-steel-hardware\/blacketch-wire-balustrade-hardware\/blacketch-swage-stud-m6-x-35mm-left-hand-thread-to\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eBS-7801-03635R\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e - M6 x 35mm RHT Swage Stud to suit 3.2mm Wire 316 Grade\u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003e2 x S03\u003c\/b\u003e - Cut and Factory Swage (Additional Cost)\u003cbr\u003e \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/wire-rope\/stainless-steel-wire-rope\/1-x-19-construction\/blacketch-3.2mm-1-x-19-wire-rope-316-grade-stainle~2355\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eBWRS119316-032-MTR\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e - 3.2mm 1 x 19 Wire Rope 316 Grade (Additonal cost Charged per Metre)\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch2\u003eWire Balustrade FAQ's\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: What are the best Wire Balustrade posts for the Flip Lock System?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: Suitable for metal balustrade posts\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eIs this product suitable for a Flat Balustrade or Stair Balustrade?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: The Wire Balustrade - Flip Lock System is suitable for both a Flat Balustrade \u0026amp; Stair Wire Balustrade\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: How does the the Flip Lock System system work? (Or installed or locks into place)\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: Tightening the nuts against the head of the Flip Lock Nuts locks the system in place.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: How long does it take for my wires to be manufactured?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: If your order is confirmed by 2pm we will have your wires manufactured and ready for dispatch or pick-up the following business day.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: What hole size do I need in my posts for the Wire Balustrade Flip Lock System?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: You will require an 8.5mm hole in your end connection posts to install the Flip lock Nuts. For your intermediate posts, an 8mm hole will be required to pass the threaded terminal through. Note: If you are using split grommets (106874FB or 106874FS) you will require an 11\/32” hole (8.73mm ) in your intermediate posts.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: Can I use this Wire Balustrade system for Stairs?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: Yes the Flip Lock System can be used on stair angles up to 37 degrees with a maximum of 3mm wall thickness tube. Note: A 10mm hole in your end connection posts will be required when using the Flip Lock Nuts on stair sections.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: What measurements are required for the Flip lock system?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: Please give us your inside post to inside post measurements between your connection posts and the wall thickness of your posts. We will take care of the rest.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: What is the maximum length I can use with the Wire Balustrade Flip lock System?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: The maximum recommended span between connection posts for this system is 10 metres.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: What size and type of wire should I use for this Wire Balustrade system?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: As with all factory made systems we recommend using 3.2mm 1x19 wire. The fittings are hydraulically pressed onto the wire for a super streamline system.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: Do I need any special tools to install this Wire Balustrade system?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: With this system all you require is a power drill, drill bits, 10mm spanner and adjustable shifter. We have available C spanner with help install this item by giving you a good grip on the threaded terminals CSPAN-LST-M6.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: How do my wires arrive to me?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: All wires are bundled per section and labelled with your measurements for quick installation on site.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: Can I run my Wire Balustrade around corners?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: We strongly advise against bending your wire around corners and angled sections. This can fatigue the wire over time as well as damage to your posts (especially timber). Wires should be terminated at each corner and end post.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: How many runs of wire do I need for my balustrade?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: To comply with Australian NCC regulations most wire balustrades will require 80mm spacing between your wires when your intermediate posts are no more than 1500mm apart. We highly recommend reading the Wire Balustrade Regulations Help section of our website prior to ordering.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003eMore Questions?\u003c\/b\u003eNo problem, just send us an email at \u003ca href=\"mailto:sales@awrsolutions.com.au\" title=\"Website Question: Wire Balustrade\"\u003esales@awrsolutions.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e or give us a call on \u003cb\u003e1300 781 266\u003c\/b\u003e and we would be happy to help.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e ","brand":"BlackEtch","offers":[{"title":"Metal\/ Aluminium Posts \/ Factory Swaged to length","offer_id":45273562218684,"sku":"WBSB-FLS","price":15.41,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/6565\/4716\/files\/WBSB-FLS.jpg?v=1759725909"},{"product_id":"blacketch-factory-swaged-wire-balustrade-lag-screw","title":"BlackEtch Factory Swaged Wire Balustrade - Lag Screw System - Suits Timber Posts","description":"\u003ch2\u003eWire Balustrade - Lag Screw System - Black\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cp\u003eIs our most economical factory swaged systems. It is suitable for use with timber posts and is best suited to short straight sections. Tension is created on the wire by threading the LHT\/ RHT swage studs into the timber posts.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/assets\/images\/BlackEtch-(transparent-BG)%20-%20Cropped.png\" style=\"width: 300px; height: 43px; float: left;\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Exclusively available through AWR Solutions our BlackEtch process offers a unique, stylish, and extremely durable finish to your wire balustrade system. Etched into the surface of fittings and wire our BlackEtch process offers a smooth black finish with superior corrosion resistance. To see this great finish for yourself we recommend ordering a \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/blacketch-sample-request\/\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eFREE SAMPLE HERE\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eTHIS SYSTEM:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e • Is suitable for use with timber posts\u003cbr\u003e • Is best suited to short straight sections i.e. not stairs\u003cbr\u003e • Requires factory hydraulic swaging\u003cbr\u003e • AWR can factory swage balustrade wires to your exact lengths. \u003cstrong\u003eOrder before 2pm\u003c\/strong\u003e for next business day pick up or dispatch.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eKEY BENEFITS OF THIS SYSTEM:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e • Wires are pre-manufactured to your exact lengths\u003cbr\u003e • Extremely quick and simple installation \u003cbr\u003e • Uses ultra-bright and sleek 1 x 19 wire rope\u003cbr\u003e • All fittings made from high quality 316 grade stainless steel\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eCOMPONENTS REQUIRED PER WIRE:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e1 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/hardware\/stainless-steel-hardware\/blacketch-wire-balustrade-hardware\/blacketch-lag-screw-swage-stud-left-hand-threaded\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eBS-7831L-63\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e - 6mm x 40mm LHT Swage Stud Lag Screw to suit 3.2mm Wire 316 Grade\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e1 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/hardware\/stainless-steel-hardware\/blacketch-wire-balustrade-hardware\/blacketch-lag-screw-swage-stud-right-hand-threaded\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eBS-7831R-63\u003c\/a\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003e- 6mm x 40mm RHT Swage Stud Lag Screw to suit 3.2mm Wire 316 Grade\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e2 x S03\u003c\/strong\u003e - Cut and Factory Swage (Additional Cost)\u003cbr\u003e \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/wire-rope\/stainless-steel-wire-rope\/1-x-19-construction\/blacketch-3.2mm-1-x-19-wire-rope-316-grade-stainle~2355\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBWRS119316-032\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e - 3.2mm 1 x 19 Wire Rope 316 Grade (Additonal cost Charged per Metre)\u003cbr\u003e  \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWire Balustrade - FAQ’s\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the best Wire Balustrade posts for the Wire Balustrade - Lag Screw System?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA: Wire Balustrade - Lag Screw System is suitable for use with timber posts\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this product suitable for a Flat Balustrade or Stair Balustrade?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA: Wire Balustrade - Lag Screw System is suited to short straight sections\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How long does it take for my Wire Balustrade Wires to be manufactured?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA: If your order is confirmed by 2pm we will have your wires manufactured and ready for dispatch or pick-up the following business day.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What hole size do I need in my posts for the Wire Balustrade Lag Screw system?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA: You will require an 4.5mm hole in your end connection posts to install the Lag Screw. For your intermediate posts, an 8mm hole will be required to pass the Lag Screw through.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size:12px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote: A slightly larger hole may be required when using hardwood posts.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size:12px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote: if you are using split grommets (106874FB or 106874FS) you will require an 11\/32” hole (8.73mm ) in your intermediate posts.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I use this Wire Balustrade system for Stairs?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA: Yes, although you will need to drill your holes on the angle (rake) of the stairs.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What measurements are required for the Wire Balustrade Lag Screw system?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA: Please give us your inside post to inside post measurements between your connection posts and we will take care of the rest.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the maximum length I can use with the Wire Balustrade Lag Screw system?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA: The maximum recommended span between connection posts for this system is 6 metres.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What size and type of wire should I use for this system?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA: As with all factory made systems we recommend using 3.2mm 1x19 wire. The fittings are hydraulically pressed onto the wire for a super streamline system.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Do I need any special tools to install this Wire Balustrade System?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA: With this system all you require is a power drill, drill bits, 10mm spanner and adjustable shifter. We have available C spanner with help install this item by giving you a good grip on the threaded terminals CSPAN-LST-M6.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How do my wires arrive to me?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA: All wires are bundled per section and labelled with your measurements for quick installation on site.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I run my Wire around corners?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA: We strongly advise against bending your wire around corners and angled sections. This can fatigue the wire over time as well as damage to your posts (especially timber). Wires should be terminated at each corner and end post.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many runs of wire do I need for my Balustrade?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA: To comply with Australian NCC regulations most Wire Balustrades will require 80mm spacing between your wires when your intermediate posts are no more than 1500mm apart. We highly recommend reading the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/wire-balustrade-regulations\/\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eWire Balustrade Regulations Help\u003c\/a\u003e section of our website prior to ordering.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cb\u003eMore Questions?\u003c\/b\u003eNo problem, just send us an email at \u003ca href=\"mailto:sales@awrsolutions.com.au\" title=\"Website Question: Wire Balustrade\"\u003esales@awrsolutions.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e or give us a call on \u003cb\u003e1300 781 266\u003c\/b\u003e and we would be happy to help.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e ","brand":"BlackEtch","offers":[{"title":"Factory Swaged to length","offer_id":45273562349756,"sku":"WBSB-LSS","price":5.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/6565\/4716\/files\/WBSB-LSS.jpg?v=1759725912"},{"product_id":"blacketch-factory-swaged-wire-balustrade-metal-ins-system","title":"BlackEtch Factory Swaged Wire Balustrade - Metal Insert System - Suits Metal Posts","description":"\u003ch2\u003eWire Balustrade - Metal Insert System - Black\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cp\u003eIs one of our most streamline systems. It is suitable for use with metal posts and is great for both straight sections and stair sections. Tension is created on the wire by threading the LHT\/ RHT swage studs into the LHT\/ RHT Nutserts. Tightening the nuts against the head of the Nutserts locks the system in place.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/assets\/images\/BlackEtch-(transparent-BG)%20-%20Cropped.png\" style=\"height: 43px; width: 300px;\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Exclusively available through AWR Solutions our BlackEtch process offers a unique, stylish, and extremely durable finish to your wire balustrade system. Etched into the surface of fittings and wire our BlackEtch process offers a smooth black finish with superior corrosion resistance. To see this great finish for yourself we recommend ordering a \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/blacketch-sample-request\/\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eFREE SAMPLE HERE\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003cbr\u003e \u003ciframe allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" allowfullscreen=\"\" frameborder=\"0\" height=\"315\" referrerpolicy=\"strict-origin-when-cross-origin\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/Om44EpUt8n0?si=v5Mq6jK5bcTBBtwR\" title=\"YouTube video player\" width=\"560\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eTHIS SYSTEM:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e • is suitable for use with metal posts\u003cbr\u003e • is great for both flat and stair sections\u003cbr\u003e • Requires factory hydraulic swaging\u003cbr\u003e • AWR can factory swage balustrade wires to your exact lengths. \u003cstrong\u003eOrder before 2pm\u003c\/strong\u003e for next business day pick up or dispatch.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eKEY BENEFITS OF THIS SYSTEM:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e • Wires are pre-manufactured to your exact lengths\u003cbr\u003e • Extremely quick and simple installation \u003cbr\u003e • BlackEtch process offers a unique, stylish, and durable finish\u003cbr\u003e • BlackEtch process offers a smooth black finish with superior corrosion resistance\u003cbr\u003e • All fittings made from high quality 316 grade stainless steel (Nutserts 304 grade)\u003cbr\u003e • This system is suitable for both flat and stair sections when used with swivel connectors on stairs.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eCOMPONENTS REQUIRED PER WIRE:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e1 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/hardware\/stainless-steel-hardware\/blacketch-wire-balustrade-hardware\/blacketch-nut-rivet-m6-left-hand-thread-large-flan\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eNS-BS-M06-L\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e - M6 LHT Large Flange Nutsert 304 Grade\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e1 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/hardware\/stainless-steel-hardware\/blacketch-wire-balustrade-hardware\/blacketch-nut-rivet-m6-right-hand-thread-large-fla\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eNS-BS-M06-R\u003c\/a\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003e- M6 RHT Large Flange Nutsert 304 Grade\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e1 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/hardware\/stainless-steel-hardware\/blacketch-wire-balustrade-hardware\/blacketch-swage-stud-m6-x-35mm-left-hand-thread-to\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eBS-7801-03635L\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e - M6 x 35mm LHT Swage Stud to suit 3.2mm Wire 316 Grade\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e1 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/hardware\/stainless-steel-hardware\/blacketch-wire-balustrade-hardware\/blacketch-swage-stud-m6-x-35mm-right-hand-thread-t\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eBS-7801-03635R\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e - M6 x 35mm RHT Swage Stud to suit 3.2mm Wire 316 Grade\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e2 x S03\u003c\/strong\u003e - Cut and Factory Swage (Additional Cost)\u003cbr\u003e \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/wire-rope\/stainless-steel-wire-rope\/1-x-19-construction\/blacketch-3.2mm-1-x-19-wire-rope-316-grade-stainle~2355\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBWRS119316-032\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e - 3.2mm 1 x 19 Wire Rope 316 Grade (Additonal cost Charged per Metre)\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Add Ons for Stairs\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e1 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/hardware\/wire-balustrades-hardware\/swivel-connectors-flip-lock-nuts\/angle-connector-m6-x-15mm-left-hand-thread-316-gra~8575\"\u003eBS-7813L-0615\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e - Swivel Connector M6 x 15mm LHT - 316 Grade Stainless Steel\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e1 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/hardware\/wire-balustrades-hardware\/swivel-connectors-flip-lock-nuts\/angle-connector-m6-x-15mm-left-hand-thread-316-gra\"\u003eBS-7813R-0615\u003c\/a\u003e - \u003c\/strong\u003eSwivel Connector M6 x 15mm RHT - 316 Grade Stainless Steel\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cimg height=\"33\" src=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/assets\/images\/Black%20Etch.png\" width=\"300\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Exclusively available through AWR Solutions our BlackEtch process offers a unique, stylish, and durable finish to your wire balustrade system. Etched into the surface of the fittings and wire our BlackEtch process offers a smooth black finish with superior corrosion resistance. To see this great finish for yourself we recommend ordering a \u003ca href=\"\/blacketch-sample-request\/\" target=\"_blank\"\u003efree sample here\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e AWR Solutions only recommends the use our own internal factory swaging system when purchasing the BlackEtch range of hardware and wire rope. Alternative Swaging procedures will not be covered under AWR Solutions standard product warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch2\u003eWire Balustrade - FAQ’s\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the best Wire Balustrade posts for the Wire Balustrade - Metal Insert System?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA: Wire Balustrade - Metal Insert System is suitable for use with metal posts\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this product suitable for a Flat Balustrade or Stair Balustrade?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA: Wire Balustrade - Metal Insert System is suited to both straight sections and stair sections\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How long does it take for my wires to be manufactured?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA: If your order is confirmed by 2pm we will have your wires manufactured and ready for dispatch or pick-up the following business day.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What hole size do I need in my posts for the Wire Balustrade - Metal Insert System?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA: You will require an 9mm hole in your end connection posts to install the Nut Rivets. For your intermediate posts, an 8mm hole will be required to pass the threaded terminal through.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size:14px;\"\u003eNote: if you are using split grommets (106874FB or 106874FS) you will require an 11\/32” hole (8.73mm ) in your intermediate posts.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size:14px;\"\u003eNote: A Nut Rivet Tool is required to install the Nut rivets in your end posts. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e  \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I use this Wire Balustrade System for Stairs?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA: Yes the Metal Insert System can be used on stairs but you will require 1 x LHT Swivel Connector and 1 x RHT Swivel Connector per wire.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What measurements are required for the Wire Balustrade - Metal Insert system?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA: Please give us your inside post to inside post measurements between your connection posts and we will take care of the rest.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the maximum length I can use with the Wire Balustrade Metal Insert System?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA: The maximum recommended span between connection posts for this system is 10 metres.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Do I need any special tools to install this Wire Balustrade system?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA: You will need a power drill and Drill Bits (If posts not being supplied). This system does also require Nut Rivet Tool capable of installing LHT Nut Rivets. You will require two adjustable shifters for tensioning, we do also recommend purchasing a C spanner to grip and holds the terminals for easier installation.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How do my wires arrive to me?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA: All wires are bundled per section and labelled with your measurements for quick installation on site.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I run my around corners?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA: We strongly advise against bending your wire around corners and angled sections. This can fatigue the wire over time as well as damage to your posts (especially timber). Wires should be terminated at each corner and end post.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many runs of wire do I need for my Balustrade?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA: To comply with Australian NCC regulations most wire balustrades will require 80mm spacing between your wires when your intermediate posts are no more than 1500mm apart. We highly recommend reading the Wire Balustrade Regulations Help section of our website prior to ordering.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMore Questions? \u003c\/strong\u003eNo problem, just send us an email at \u003ca href=\"mailto:sales@awrsolutions.com.au\" title=\"Website Question: Wire Balustrade\"\u003esales@awrsolutions.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e or give us a call on \u003cstrong\u003e1300 781 266\u003c\/strong\u003e and we would be happy to help.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e ","brand":"BlackEtch","offers":[{"title":"Metal\/ Aluminium Posts \/ Factory Swaged to length","offer_id":45273562448060,"sku":"WBSB-MIS","price":7.49,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/6565\/4716\/files\/WBSB-MIS.jpg?v=1759725914"},{"product_id":"blacketch-factory-swaged-wire-balustrade-rig-fork-with-nutserts","title":"BlackEtch Factory Swaged Wire Balustrade - Rig Fork System with Nutserts - Suits Metal Posts","description":"\u003ch2\u003eWire Balustrade - Rig Fork System with Nutserts - Black\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Is another versatile system. It is suitable for use with metal posts and is great for both straight sections and stair sections. Tension is created on the wire by rotation of the rigging screw body. Tightening the nuts against the body of the rigging screw locks the system in place.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/assets\/images\/BlackEtch-(transparent-BG)%20-%20Cropped.png\" style=\"height: 43px; width: 300px;\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Exclusively available through AWR Solutions our BlackEtch process offers a unique, stylish, and extremely durable finish to your wire balustrade system. Etched into the surface of fittings and wire our BlackEtch process offers a smooth black finish with superior corrosion resistance. To see this great finish for yourself we recommend ordering a \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/blacketch-sample-request\/\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eFREE SAMPLE HERE\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003ciframe allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" allowfullscreen=\"\" frameborder=\"0\" height=\"315\" referrerpolicy=\"strict-origin-when-cross-origin\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/2QCexhxgnt4?si=IhGtbYjXrlWSnABQ\" title=\"YouTube video player\" width=\"560\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eTHIS SYSTEM:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e • Is suitable for use with metal posts\u003cbr\u003e • Is great for both flat and stair sections\u003cbr\u003e • Requires factory hydraulic swaging\u003cbr\u003e • AWR can factory swage balustrade wires to your exact lengths. \u003cstrong\u003eOrder before 2pm\u003c\/strong\u003e for next business day pick up or dispatch.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eKEY BENEFITS OF THIS SYSTEM:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e • Wires are pre-manufactured to your exact lengths\u003cbr\u003e • Extremely quick and simple installation \u003cbr\u003e • Uses ultra-bright and sleek 1 x 19 wire rope\u003cbr\u003e • All fittings made from high quality 316 grade stainless steel\u003cbr\u003e • This system is suitable for both flat and stair sections\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eCOMPONENTS REQUIRED PER WIRE:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e1 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/hardware\/stainless-steel-hardware\/blacketch-wire-balustrade-hardware\/blacketch-rigging-screw-jaw-swage-m5-to-suit-3.2mm\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eBS-312T-532\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e - Rigging Screw Jaw - Swage 316 grade M5 3.2m Wire\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e1 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/hardware\/stainless-steel-hardware\/blacketch-wire-balustrade-hardware\/blacketch-fork-terminal-5mm-pin-to-suit-3.2mm-wire\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eBS-7803-03\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e - Fork Terminal - Swage 316grade 3.2mm Wire\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e2 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/hardware\/stainless-steel-hardware\/blacketch-wire-balustrade-hardware\/blacketch-eye-bolt-444-type-m6-x-15mm-316-grade-st\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eBS-444-615\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e - Eye Bolt 316grade M6 x 15mm 316 Grade\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e2 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/hardware\/stainless-steel-hardware\/blacketch-wire-balustrade-hardware\/blacketch-hex-nut-m6-316-grade-stainless-steel\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eBS-NUT-06\u003c\/a\u003e - \u003c\/strong\u003eM6 Hex Nut 316 Grade\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e2 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/hardware\/stainless-steel-hardware\/blacketch-wire-balustrade-hardware\/blacketch-nut-rivet-m6-right-hand-thread-large-fla\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eNS-BS-M06-R\u003c\/a\u003e -\u003c\/strong\u003e M6 Nut Rivet 304 Grade\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e2 x S03\u003c\/strong\u003e - Cut and Factory Swage (Additional Cost)\u003cbr\u003e \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/wire-rope\/stainless-steel-wire-rope\/1-x-19-construction\/blacketch-3.2mm-1-x-19-wire-rope-316-grade-stainle~2355\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBWRS119316-032\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e - 3.2mm 1 x 19 Wire Rope 316 Grade (Additonal cost Charged per Metre)\u003cbr\u003e  \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch2\u003eWire Balustrade - FAQ’s\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: What are the best Wire Balustrade posts for the Wire Balustrade - Rig Fork System with Nutserts?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: Wire Balustrade - Rig Fork System with Nutserts is suitable for use with metal posts\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: Is this product suitable for a Flat Balustrade or Stair Balustrade?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: Wire Balustrade - Rig Fork System with Nutserts is suitable for both flat and stair sections\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: How long does it take for my wires to be manufactured?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: If your order is confirmed by 2pm we will have your wires manufactured and ready for dispatch or pick-up the following business day.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: What hole size do I need in my posts for the Rig Fork System with Nutserts?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: You will require an 9mm hole in your end connection posts to install the Nut Rivets. For your intermediate posts, an 8mm hole will be required to pass the threaded terminal through.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003ch5\u003eNote: if you are using split grommets (106874FB or 106874FS) you will require an 11\/32” hole (8.73mm ) in your intermediate posts.\u003cbr\u003e  \u003c\/h5\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: Can I use this system for Stairs?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: Yes, the Fork ends will naturally pivot to the angle of your stairs on the eyebolts.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: What measurements are required for the Rig Fork System with Nutserts?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: Please give us your inside post to inside post measurements between your connection posts and we will take care of the rest.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: What is the maximum length I can use with the Wire Balustrade - Rig Fork System with Nutserts?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: The maximum recommended span between connection posts for this system is 10 metres.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: What size and type of wire should I use for this Wire Balustrade System?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: As with all factory made systems we recommend using 3.2mm 1x19 wire. The fittings are hydraulically pressed onto the wire for a super streamline system.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: Do I need any special tools to install this Wire Balustrade System?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: You will need a power drill, drill bits and an adjustable spanner. This system does also require Nut Rivet Tool if posts are not being supplied.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eWe also recommend purchasing a C spanner for tensioning the rigging Screws for easier installation.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: How do my wires arrive to me?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: All wires are bundled per section and labelled with your measurements for quick installation on site.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cdiv style=\"font-size: 13px;\"\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Can I run my Wire Balustrade around corners?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: We strongly advise against bending your wire around corners and angled sections. This can fatigue the wire over time as well as damage to your posts (especially timber). Wires should be terminated at each corner and end post.\u003c\/h4\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eQ: How many runs of wire do I need for my Balustrade?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: To comply with Australian NCC regulations most wire balustrades will require 80mm spacing between your wires when your intermediate posts are no more than 1500mm apart. We highly recommend reading the Wire Balustrade Regulations Help section of our website prior to ordering.\u003c\/h4\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eMore Questions? \u003c\/strong\u003eNo problem, just send us an email at \u003ca href=\"mailto:sales@awrsolutions.com.au\" title=\"Website Question: Wire Balustrade\"\u003esales@awrsolutions.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e or give us a call on \u003cstrong\u003e1300 781 266\u003c\/strong\u003e and we would be happy to help.\u003c\/div\u003e ","brand":"BlackEtch","offers":[{"title":"Metal\/ Aluminium Posts \/ Factory Swaged to length","offer_id":45273562644668,"sku":"WBSB-RFNS","price":17.89,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/6565\/4716\/files\/WBSB-RFNS.jpg?v=1759725916"},{"product_id":"blacketch-factory-swaged-wire-balustrade-rig-fork-with-saddles","title":"BlackEtch Factory Swaged Wire Balustrade - Rig Fork System with Saddles - Suits Timber Posts","description":"\u003ch2\u003eWire Balustrade - Rig Fork System with Saddles - Black\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cp\u003eIs another of our most versatile systems. It is suitable for use with timber posts or metal posts and is great for both straight sections and stair sections. Tension is created on the wire by rotation of the rigging screw body. Tightening the nuts against the body of the rigging screw locks the system in place.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/assets\/images\/BlackEtch-(transparent-BG)%20-%20Cropped.png\" style=\"height: 43px; width: 300px;\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Exclusively available through AWR Solutions our BlackEtch process offers a unique, stylish, and extremely durable finish to your wire balustrade system. Etched into the surface of fittings and wire our BlackEtch process offers a smooth black finish with superior corrosion resistance. To see this great finish for yourself we recommend ordering a \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/blacketch-sample-request\/\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eFREE SAMPLE HERE\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eTHIS SYSTEM:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e • is suitable for use with timber posts and metal posts\u003cbr\u003e • is great for both flat and stair sections\u003cbr\u003e • Requires factory hydraulic swaging\u003cbr\u003e • AWR can factory swage balustrade wires to your exact lengths. \u003cstrong\u003eOrder before 2pm\u003c\/strong\u003e for next business day pick up or dispatch.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eKEY BENEFITS OF THIS SYSTEM:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e • Wires are pre-manufactured to your exact lengths\u003cbr\u003e • Extremely quick and simple installation \u003cbr\u003e • Uses ultra-bright and sleek 1 x 19 wire rope\u003cbr\u003e • All fittings made from high quality 316 grade stainless steel\u003cbr\u003e • This system is suitable for both flat and stair sections\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eCOMPONENTS REQUIRED PER WIRE:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e1 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/hardware\/stainless-steel-hardware\/blacketch-wire-balustrade-hardware\/blacketch-rigging-screw-jaw-swage-m5-to-suit-3.2mm\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eBS-312T-532\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e - Rigging Screw Jaw - Swage 316 grade M5 3.2m Wire\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e1 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/hardware\/stainless-steel-hardware\/blacketch-wire-balustrade-hardware\/blacketch-fork-terminal-5mm-pin-to-suit-3.2mm-wire\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eBS-7803-03\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e - Fork Terminal - Swage 316grade 3.2mm Wire\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e2 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/hardware\/stainless-steel-hardware\/blacketch-wire-balustrade-hardware\/blacketch-saddle-eye-strap-5mm-316-grade-stainless\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eBS-322-05\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e - 5mm Saddle (Eye Strap) - 316 Grade\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e4 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/wire-balustrade-tools-fasteners\/stainless-steel-fasteners\/screws\/blacketch-screw-self-tapper-304-grade-stainless-st~8529\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eBSTCP8114\u003c\/a\u003e - \u003c\/strong\u003e8 x 1 1\/4\" Countersunk Head Self Tapper - 304 Grade \u003cstrong\u003e(Timber posts only)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e4 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/wire-balustrade-tools-fasteners\/stainless-steel-fasteners\/screws\/blacketch-screw-self-drill-304-grade-stainless-ste\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eBSDCP0822\u003c\/a\u003e - \u003c\/strong\u003eSelf Drilling Screws - 304 Grade\u003cstrong\u003e (Metal Posts Only)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e2 x S03\u003c\/strong\u003e - Cut and Factory Swage (Additional Cost)\u003cbr\u003e \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/wire-rope\/stainless-steel-wire-rope\/1-x-19-construction\/blacketch-3.2mm-1-x-19-wire-rope-316-grade-stainle~2355\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBWRS119316-032\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e - 3.2mm 1 x 19 Wire Rope 316 Grade (Additonal cost Charged per Metre)\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch2\u003eWire Balustrade - FAQ’s\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: What are the best Wire Balustrade posts for the Wire Balustrade - Rig Fork System with Saddles?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: Wire Balustrade - Rig Fork System with Saddles is suitable for use with Timber posts\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: Is this product suitable for Flat Balustrade or Stair Balustrade?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: Wire Balustrade - Rig Fork System with Saddles is suitable for both flat and stair sections\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: How long does it take for my wires to be manufactured?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: If your order is confirmed by 2pm we will have your wires manufactured and ready for dispatch or pick-up the following business day.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What hole size do I need in my posts for the Rig Fork Wire Balustrade System with Saddles? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA: For your intermediate posts, an 8mm hole will be required to pass the threaded terminal through. \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003ch5\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote: if you are using split grommets (106874FB or 106874FS) you will require an 11\/32” hole (8.73mm ) in your intermediate posts. \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I use this system for Stairs? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA: Yes, the Fork ends will naturally pivot to the angle of your stairs on the saddles. \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What measurements are required for the Wire Balustrade Rig Fork System with Saddles? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA: Please give us your inside post to inside post measurements between your connection posts and we will take care of the rest. \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the maximum length I can use with the Wire Balustrade Rig Fork System with Saddles?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA: The maximum recommended span between connection posts for this system is 10 metres. \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What size and type of wire should I use for this Wire Balustrade System? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA: As with all factory made systems we recommend using 3.2mm 1x19 wire. The fittings are hydraulically pressed onto the wire for a super streamline system. \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Do I need any special tools to install this Wire Balustrade System? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA: You will need a power drill, drill bits, drive bits and an adjustable spanner. We also recommend purchasing a C spanner for tensioning the rigging Screws for easier installation. \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How do my wires arrive to me? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA: All wires are bundled per section and labelled with your measurements for quick installation on site. \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I run my Wire Balustrade around corners? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA: We strongly advise against bending your wire around corners and angled sections. This can fatigue the wire over time as well as damage to your posts (especially timber). Wires should be terminated at each corner and end post. \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many runs of wire do I need for my Balustrade? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA: To comply with Australian NCC regulations most wire balustrades will require 80mm spacing between your wires when your intermediate posts are no more than 1500mm apart. We highly recommend reading the Wire Balustrade Regulations Help section of our website prior to ordering. \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMore Questions? \u003c\/strong\u003eNo problem, just send us an email at \u003ca href=\"mailto:sales@awrsolutions.com.au\" title=\"Website Question: Wire Balustrade\"\u003esales@awrsolutions.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e or give us a call on \u003cstrong\u003e1300 781 266\u003c\/strong\u003e and we would be happy to help. \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e ","brand":"BlackEtch","offers":[{"title":"Factory Swaged to length","offer_id":45273562841276,"sku":"WBSB-RFSAD","price":12.08,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/6565\/4716\/files\/WBSB-RFSAD.jpg?v=1759725918"},{"product_id":"blacketch-factory-swaged-wire-balustrade-rig-fork-suits-metal-posts","title":"BlackEtch Factory Swaged Wire Balustrade - Rig Fork System with Saddles - Suits Metal Posts","description":"\u003ch2\u003eWire Balustrade - Rig Fork System with Saddles - Black\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cp\u003eIs another of our most versatile systems. It is suitable for use with timber posts or metal posts and is great for both straight sections and stair sections. Tension is created on the wire by rotation of the rigging screw body. Tightening the nuts against the body of the rigging screw locks the system in place.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/assets\/images\/BlackEtch-(transparent-BG)%20-%20Cropped.png\" style=\"height: 43px; width: 300px;\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Exclusively available through AWR Solutions our BlackEtch process offers a unique, stylish, and extremely durable finish to your wire balustrade system. Etched into the surface of fittings and wire our BlackEtch process offers a smooth black finish with superior corrosion resistance. To see this great finish for yourself we recommend ordering a \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/blacketch-sample-request\/\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eFREE SAMPLE HERE\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003ciframe allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" allowfullscreen=\"\" frameborder=\"0\" height=\"315\" referrerpolicy=\"strict-origin-when-cross-origin\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/rYksbBhSd8Y?si=cnCIls006SsFKn1k\" title=\"YouTube video player\" width=\"560\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cfont color=\"#262626\"\u003e\u003cfont face=\"Open Sans, Helvetica, sans-serif\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTHIS SYSTEM:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/font\u003e\u003c\/font\u003e\u003cbr\u003e • is suitable for use with metal posts\u003cbr\u003e • is great for both flat and stair sections\u003cbr\u003e • Requires factory hydraulic swaging\u003cbr\u003e • AWR can factory swage balustrade wires to your exact lengths. \u003cstrong\u003eOrder before 2pm\u003c\/strong\u003e for next business day pick up or dispatch.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eKEY BENEFITS OF THIS SYSTEM:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e • Wires are pre-manufactured to your exact lengths\u003cbr\u003e • Extremely quick and simple installation \u003cbr\u003e • Uses ultra-bright and sleek 1 x 19 wire rope\u003cbr\u003e • All fittings made from high quality 316 grade stainless steel\u003cbr\u003e • This system is suitable for both flat and stair sections\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong style='color: rgb(38, 38, 38); font-family: \"Open Sans\", Helvetica, sans-serif;'\u003eCOMPONENTS REQUIRED PER WIRE:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e1 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/hardware\/stainless-steel-hardware\/blacketch-wire-balustrade-hardware\/blacketch-rigging-screw-jaw-swage-m5-to-suit-3.2mm\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eBS-312T-532\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e - Rigging Screw Jaw - Swage 316 grade M5 3.2m Wire\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e1 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/hardware\/stainless-steel-hardware\/blacketch-wire-balustrade-hardware\/blacketch-fork-terminal-5mm-pin-to-suit-3.2mm-wire\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eBS-7803-03\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e - Fork Terminal - Swage 316grade 3.2mm Wire\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e2 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/hardware\/stainless-steel-hardware\/blacketch-wire-balustrade-hardware\/blacketch-saddle-eye-strap-5mm-316-grade-stainless\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eBS-322-05\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e - 5mm Saddle (Eye Strap) - 316 Grade\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e4 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/wire-balustrade-tools-fasteners\/stainless-steel-fasteners\/screws\/blacketch-screw-self-tapper-304-grade-stainless-st~8529\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eBSTCP8114\u003c\/a\u003e - \u003c\/strong\u003e8 x 1 1\/4\" Countersunk Head Self Tapper - 304 Grade \u003cstrong\u003e(Timber posts only)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e4 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/wire-balustrade-tools-fasteners\/stainless-steel-fasteners\/screws\/blacketch-screw-self-drill-304-grade-stainless-ste\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eBSDCP0822\u003c\/a\u003e - \u003c\/strong\u003eSelf Drilling Screws - 304 Grade\u003cstrong\u003e (Metal Posts Only)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e2 x S03\u003c\/strong\u003e - Cut and Factory Swage (Additional Cost)\u003cbr\u003e \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/wire-rope\/stainless-steel-wire-rope\/1-x-19-construction\/blacketch-3.2mm-1-x-19-wire-rope-316-grade-stainle~2355\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBWRS119316-032\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e - 3.2mm 1 x 19 Wire Rope 316 Grade (Additonal cost Charged per Metre)\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cdiv style=\"\"\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWire Balustrade - FAQ’s\u003c\/h2\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eQ: What are the best Wire Balustrade posts for the Wire Balustrade - Rig Fork System with Saddles?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: Wire Balustrade - Rig Fork System with Saddles is suitable for use with metal posts\u003c\/h4\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eQ: Is this product suitable for a Flat Balustrade or Stair Balustrade?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: Wire Balustrade - Rig Fork System with Saddles is suited to both straight sections and stair sections\u003c\/h4\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eQ: How long does it take for my wires to be manufactured?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: If your order is confirmed by 2pm we will have your wires manufactured and ready for dispatch or pick-up the following business day.\u003c\/h4\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eQ: What hole size do I need in my posts for the Rig Fork System with Saddles?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: Saddles are attached to your connection posts using pop-rivets and will require 2 x 4mm holes. For your intermediate posts, an 8mm hole will be required to pass the threaded terminal through.\u003c\/h4\u003e    \u003ch5\u003eNote: if you are using split grommets (106874FB or 106874FS) you will require an 11\/32” hole (8.73mm ) in your intermediate posts.\u003c\/h5\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eQ: Can I use this system for Stairs?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: Yes, the Fork ends will naturally pivot to the angle of your stairs on the saddles.\u003c\/h4\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eQ: What measurements are required for the Rig Fork System with Saddles?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: Please give us your inside post to inside post measurements between your connection posts and we will take care of the rest.\u003c\/h4\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eQ: What is the maximum length I can use with the Wire Balustrade Rig Fork System with Saddles?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: The maximum recommended span between connection posts for this system is 10 metres.\u003c\/h4\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eQ: What size and type of wire should I use for this Wire Balustrade System?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: As with all factory made systems we recommend using 3.2mm 1x19 wire. The fittings are hydraulically pressed onto the wire for a super streamline system.\u003c\/h4\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eQ: Do I need any special tools to install this system?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: You will need a power drill, drill bits, drive bits and an adjustable spanner. We also recommend purchasing a C spanner for tensioning the rigging Screws for easier installation.\u003c\/h4\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eQ: How do my wires arrive to me?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: All wires are bundled per section and labelled with your measurements for quick installation on site.\u003c\/h4\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eQ: Can I run my wire balustrade around corners?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: We strongly advise against bending your wire around corners and angled sections. This can fatigue the wire over time as well as damage to your posts (especially timber). Wires should be terminated at each corner and end post.\u003c\/h4\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eQ: How many runs of wire do I need for my balustrade?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: To comply with Australian NCC regulations most wire balustrades will require 80mm spacing between your wires when your intermediate posts are no more than 1500mm apart. We highly recommend reading the Wire Balustrade Regulations Help section of our website prior to ordering.\u003c\/h4\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eMore Questions? \u003c\/strong\u003eNo problem, just send us an email at \u003ca href=\"mailto:sales@awrsolutions.com.au\" title=\"Website Question: Wire Balustrade\"\u003esales@awrsolutions.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e or give us a call on \u003cstrong\u003e1300 781 266\u003c\/strong\u003e and we would be happy to help.\u003cbr\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e ","brand":"BlackEtch","offers":[{"title":"Metal\/ Aluminium Posts \/ Factory Swaged to length","offer_id":45273563005116,"sku":"WBSB-RFSAD-M","price":12.51,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/6565\/4716\/files\/WBSB-RFSAD-M.jpg?v=1759725921"},{"product_id":"blacketch-factory-swaged-wire-balustrade-rig-fork-2390","title":"BlackEtch Factory Swaged Wire Balustrade - Rig Fork System with Screw Eyes - Suits Timber Posts","description":"\u003ch2\u003eWire Balustrade - Rig Fork System with Screw Eyes - Black\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cp\u003eIs one of our most versatile systems. It is suitable for use with timber posts and is great for both straight sections and stair sections. Tension is created on the wire by rotation of the rigging screw body. Tightening the nuts against the body of the rigging screw locks the system in place.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/assets\/images\/BlackEtch-(transparent-BG)%20-%20Cropped.png\" style=\"height: 43px; width: 300px;\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Exclusively available through AWR Solutions our BlackEtch process offers a unique, stylish, and extremely durable finish to your wire balustrade system. Etched into the surface of fittings and wire our BlackEtch process offers a smooth black finish with superior corrosion resistance. To see this great finish for yourself we recommend ordering a \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/blacketch-sample-request\/\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eFREE SAMPLE HERE\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003ciframe allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" allowfullscreen=\"\" frameborder=\"0\" height=\"315\" referrerpolicy=\"strict-origin-when-cross-origin\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/TQ-Mi5AYxpc?si=LZCSgJKE74fgXUBP\" title=\"YouTube video player\" width=\"560\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eTHIS SYSTEM:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e • Is suitable for use with timber posts\u003cbr\u003e • Is great for both flat and stair sections\u003cbr\u003e • Requires factory hydraulic swaging\u003cbr\u003e • AWR can factory swage balustrade wires to your exact lengths.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrder before 2pm\u003c\/strong\u003e for next business day pick up or dispatch.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eKEY BENEFITS OF THIS SYSTEM:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cem\u003e• \u003c\/em\u003eWires are pre-manufactured to your exact lengths\u003cbr\u003e \u003cem\u003e• \u003c\/em\u003eExtremely quick and simple installation \u003cbr\u003e • BlackEtch process offers a unique, stylish, and durable finish\u003cbr\u003e • BlackEtch process offers a smooth black finish with superior corrosion resistance\u003cbr\u003e \u003cem\u003e• \u003c\/em\u003eAll fittings made from high quality 316 grade stainless steel\u003cbr\u003e \u003cem\u003e• \u003c\/em\u003eThis system is suitable for both flat and stair sections\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eCOMPONENTS REQUIRED PER WIRE:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e1 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/hardware\/stainless-steel-hardware\/blacketch-wire-balustrade-hardware\/blacketch-rigging-screw-jaw-swage-m5-to-suit-3.2mm\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eBS-312T-532\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e - Rigging Screw Jaw - Swage 316 grade M5 3.2m Wire\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e1 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/hardware\/stainless-steel-hardware\/blacketch-wire-balustrade-hardware\/blacketch-fork-terminal-5mm-pin-to-suit-3.2mm-wire\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eBS-7803-03\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e - Fork Terminal - Swage 316grade 3.2mm Wire\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e2 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/hardware\/stainless-steel-hardware\/blacketch-wire-balustrade-hardware\/blacketch-screw-eye-lag-screw-6mm-x-60mm-316-grade\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eBS-3182-0660\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e - Screw Eye Timber 316grade 6mm x 60mm\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e2 x S03\u003c\/strong\u003e - Cut and Factory Swage (Additional Cost)\u003cbr\u003e \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/wire-rope\/stainless-steel-wire-rope\/1-x-19-construction\/blacketch-3.2mm-1-x-19-wire-rope-316-grade-stainle~2355\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBWRS119316-032\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e - 3.2mm 1 x 19 Wire Rope 316 Grade (Additonal cost Charged per Metre)\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch2\u003eWire Balustrade - FAQ’s\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: What are the best Wire Balustrade posts for the Wire Balustrade - Rig Fork System with Screw Eyes?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: Wire Balustrade - Rig Fork System with Screw Eyes is suitable for use with timber posts\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: Is this product suitable for a Flat Balustrade or Stair Balustrade?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: Wire Balustrade - Rig Fork System with Screw Eyes is suited to both straight sections and stair sections\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: How long does it take for my wires to be manufactured?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: If your order is confirmed by 2pm we will have your wires manufactured and ready for dispatch or pick-up the following business day.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: What hole size do I need in my posts for the Wire Balustrade Rig Fork System with Saddles?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: You will need to Pre-drill your connection posts with a 4mm hole for easy installation of the screw eye. For your intermediate posts, an 8mm hole will be required to pass the threaded terminal through.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size:12px;\"\u003eNote: if you are using split grommets (106874FB or 106874FS) you will require an 11\/32” hole (8.73mm ) in your intermediate posts.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: Can I use this system for Stairs?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: Yes, the Fork ends will naturally pivot to the angle of your stairs on the Screw Eyes.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: What measurements are required for the Rig Fork System with Screw Eyes?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: Please give us your inside post to inside post measurements between your connection posts and we will take care of the rest.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: What is the maximum length I can use with the Rig Fork System with Screw Eyes?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: The maximum recommended span between connection posts for this system is 10 metres.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: What size and type of wire should I use for this system?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: As with all factory made systems we recommend using 3.2mm 1x19 wire. The fittings are hydraulically pressed onto the wire for a super streamline system.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: Do I need any special tools to install this system?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: You will need a power drill, drill bits, drive bits and an adjustable spanner. We also recommend purchasing a C spanner for tensioning the rigging Screws for easier installation.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: How do my wires arrive to me?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: All wires are bundled per section and labelled with your measurements for quick installation on site.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: Can I run my Wire Balustrade around corners?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: We strongly advise against bending your wire around corners and angled sections. This can fatigue the wire over time as well as damage to your posts (especially timber). Wires should be terminated at each corner and end post.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eHow many runs of wire do I need for my Balustrade?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: To comply with Australian NCC regulations most wire balustrades will require 80mm spacing between your wires when your intermediate posts are no more than 1500mm apart. We highly recommend reading the Wire Balustrade Regulations Help section of our website prior to ordering.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eMore Questions? \u003c\/strong\u003eNo problem, just send us an email at \u003ca href=\"mailto:sales@awrsolutions.com.au\" title=\"Website Question: Wire Balustrade\"\u003esales@awrsolutions.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e or give us a call on \u003cstrong\u003e1300 781 266\u003c\/strong\u003e and we would be happy to help.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e ","brand":"BlackEtch","offers":[{"title":"Factory Swaged to length","offer_id":45273563234492,"sku":"WBSB-RFSE","price":14.15,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/6565\/4716\/files\/WBSB-RFSE.jpg?v=1759725923"},{"product_id":"blacketch-factory-swaged-wire-balustrade-timber-in-system","title":"BlackEtch Factory Swaged Wire Balustrade - Timber Insert System - Suits Timber Posts","description":"\u003ch2\u003eWire Balustrade - Timber Insert - Black\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cp\u003eIs one of our most streamline systems. It is suitable for use with timber posts and is great for both straight sections and stair sections. Tension is created on the wire by threading the LHT\/ RHT swage studs into the LHT\/ RHT timber inserts. Tightening the nuts against the head of the timber inserts locks the system in place.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/assets\/images\/BlackEtch-(transparent-BG)%20-%20Cropped.png\" style=\"height: 43px; width: 300px;\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Exclusively available through AWR Solutions our BlackEtch process offers a unique, stylish, and extremely durable finish to your wire balustrade system. Etched into the surface of fittings and wire our BlackEtch process offers a smooth black finish with superior corrosion resistance. To see this great finish for yourself we recommend ordering a \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/blacketch-sample-request\/\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eFREE SAMPLE HERE\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003ciframe allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" allowfullscreen=\"\" frameborder=\"0\" height=\"315\" referrerpolicy=\"strict-origin-when-cross-origin\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/Urv1TzGCwFg?si=n74JPhG4nGjFkRzG\" title=\"YouTube video player\" width=\"560\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eTHIS SYSTEM:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e • Is suitable for use with timber posts\u003cbr\u003e • Is great for both flat and stair sections\u003cbr\u003e • Requires factory hydraulic swaging\u003cbr\u003e • AWR can factory swage balustrade wires to your exact lengths. \u003cstrong\u003eOrder before 2pm\u003c\/strong\u003e for next business day pick up or dispatch.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eKEY BENEFITS TO THIS SYSTEM:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e • Wires are pre-manufactured to your exact lengths\u003cbr\u003e • Extremely quick and simple installation \u003cbr\u003e • BlackEtch process offers a unique, stylish, and durable finish\u003cbr\u003e • BlackEtch process offers a smooth black finish with superior corrosion resistance\u003cbr\u003e • All fittings made from high quality 316 grade stainless steel (Timber inserts 304 grade)\u003cbr\u003e • This system is suitable for both flat and stair sections when used with swivel connectors on stairs.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eCOMPONENTS REQUIRED PER WIRE:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cspan style=\"color: #ff9900;\"\u003eIndividual items can be added to the cart from below:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e1 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/hardware\/stainless-steel-hardware\/blacketch-wire-balustrade-hardware\/blacketch-threaded-timber-inserts-m6-x-32mm-lht-30\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eBS-3310-06L\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e -M6 x 32 LHT Threaded Timber Insert 304 Grade\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e1 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/hardware\/stainless-steel-hardware\/blacketch-wire-balustrade-hardware\/blacketch-threaded-timber-inserts-m6-x-32mm-rht-30\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eBS-3310-06R\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e - M6 x 32 RHT Threaded Timber Insert 304 Grade\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e1 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/hardware\/stainless-steel-hardware\/blacketch-wire-balustrade-hardware\/blacketch-swage-stud-m6-x-35mm-left-hand-thread-to\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eBS-7801-03635L\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e - M6 x 35mm LHT Swage Stud to suit 3.2mm Wire 316 Grade\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e1 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/hardware\/stainless-steel-hardware\/blacketch-wire-balustrade-hardware\/blacketch-swage-stud-m6-x-35mm-right-hand-thread-t\"\u003eBS-7801-03635R\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e - M6 x 35mm RHT Swage Stud to suit 3.2mm Wire 316 Grade\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e2 x S03\u003c\/strong\u003e - Cut and Factory Swage (Additional Cost)\u003cbr\u003e \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/wire-rope\/stainless-steel-wire-rope\/1-x-19-construction\/blacketch-3.2mm-1-x-19-wire-rope-316-grade-stainle~2355\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBWRS119316-032\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e - 3.2mm 1 x 19 Wire Rope 316 Grade (Additonal cost Charged per Metre)\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cspan style=\"color: #ff9900;\"\u003eAdd Ons for Stairs:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e1 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/hardware\/wire-balustrades-hardware\/swivel-connectors-flip-lock-nuts\/angle-connector-m6-x-15mm-left-hand-thread-316-gra~8575\"\u003eBS-7813L-0615\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e - Swivel Connector M6 x 15mm LHT - 316 Grade Stainless Steel\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e1 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/hardware\/wire-balustrades-hardware\/swivel-connectors-flip-lock-nuts\/angle-connector-m6-x-15mm-left-hand-thread-316-gra\"\u003eBS-7813R-0615\u003c\/a\u003e - \u003c\/strong\u003eSwivel Connector M6 x 15mm RHT - 316 Grade Stainless Steel\u003cbr\u003e  \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch2\u003eWire Balustrade FAQ'S\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: How long does it take for my wires to be manufactured?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: If your wires are ordered by 2pm we will have them manufactured and ready for pick up or dispatch the following business day.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003ch4\u003e \u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: How do my wires arrive to me?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: All wires are bundled per section and labelled with your measurements for quick and easy installation on site.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003ch4\u003e \u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: What size hole do I drill for the threaded Inserts?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: 7.5mm hole to a depth of at least 35mm will be required.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: What size hole do I drill for my intermediate Posts?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: An 7.5mm hole will allow the studs to be passed through your intermediate posts easily. you will need to take the nut off before feeding your wire through the intermediate posts.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: Do I need any specials tools to install this system?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: Your wires will be made to length in our factory. To install your wires, you will only need common handyman tools including a power drill, drill bits, shifters etc. We also recommend purchasing an \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/awr-solutions.neto.com.au\/drill-bit-hex-driver-bit\"\u003eM6 Hex Drive Bit\u003c\/a\u003e and a \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/awr-solutions.neto.com.au\/c-spanner-suit-ss-7831l-r\"\u003eM6 C Spanner\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003ch4\u003e \u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: Can I use this system on stairs or angled sections?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: You can use the Timber Insert System on stair sections, but we highly recommend adding swivel connectors on the stair sections. Swivel connectors allow the wire to be connected to the wire any stair angle.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003ch4\u003e \u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: What size and type of wire should I use with this system?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: As with all pre-made ready to install systems we recommend using \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/awr-solutions.neto.com.au\/1.2mm-1-x-19-wire-rope-s-steel-316gr~2240\" target=\"_blank\" title=\"1 x 19 Stainless Steel Wire Rope\"\u003e3.2mm 1 x 19 wire rope\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: What is the maximum length I can have run my wires?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eThe longest length run we would recommend for the Timber Insert System is 10 metres. Please note that some other systems may not be able to span this far.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: How many runs of wire do I need on my balustrade?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: To comply with Australian NCC regulations for most wire balustrades you will need 80mm spacing between your wires. This is usually 11 runs of wire on a 1 metre high balustrade measuring 960mm to the underside of handrail. This applies to most decks over 1 metre from the ground and below 4 metres from the ground. There are additional restrictions that apply. We highly recommend reading our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/awr-solutions.neto.com.au\/wire-balustrade-regulations\/\" target=\"_blank\" title=\"Wire Balustrade Regulations Page\"\u003eWire Balustrade Regulations page\u003c\/a\u003e for full details.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003ch4\u003e \u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: What is the maximum spacing can I have between my posts?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: To comply with Australian NCC regulations for most wire balustrades the maximum space you can have between posts will be 1500mm. We highly recommend reading our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/awr-solutions.neto.com.au\/wire-balustrade-regulations\/\" target=\"_blank\" title=\"Wire Balustrade Regulations Page\"\u003eWire Balustrade Regulations page\u003c\/a\u003e for full details.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I run my wire balustrade around corners? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA: We would strongly advise against bending your wire around corners and angled sections. This can fatigue the wire over time as well as damage your posts (especially timber). Wires should always be terminated at each corner and end post.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eMore Questions? \u003c\/strong\u003eNo problem, just send us an email at \u003ca href=\"mailto:sales@awrsolutions.com.au\" title=\"Website Question: Wire Balustrade\"\u003esales@awrsolutions.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e or give us a call on \u003cstrong\u003e1300 781 266\u003c\/strong\u003e and we would be happy to help\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e ","brand":"BlackEtch","offers":[{"title":"Factory Swaged to length","offer_id":45273563529404,"sku":"WBSB-TIS","price":10.85,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/6565\/4716\/files\/WBSB-TIS.jpg?v=1759725926"},{"product_id":"blacketch-factory-swaged-wire-balustrade-tensioner-terminal-system","title":"BlackEtch Factory Swaged Wire Balustrade - Tensioner Terminal System - Suits Timber or Metal Posts","description":"\u003ch2\u003eWire Balustrade - The Tensioner Terminal System - Black\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cp\u003eIs one of our most streamilne systems. It is suitable for use with timber posts and metal posts and is great for both straight sections and stair sections. Tension is created on the wire by threading the Allen Key Tensioner onto the swage stud of the wire using an Allen key. \u003cstrong\u003ePlease Note: \u003c\/strong\u003eThis system is threaded right through the end posts and requires tensioning on the outside faces of the post. It is not recommended for corner sections.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/assets\/images\/BlackEtch-(transparent-BG)%20-%20Cropped.png\" style=\"height: 43px; width: 300px;\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Exclusively available through AWR Solutions our BlackEtch process offers a unique, stylish, and extremely durable finish to your wire balustrade system. Etched into the surface of fittings and wire our BlackEtch process offers a smooth black finish with superior corrosion resistance. To see this great finish for yourself we recommend ordering a \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/blacketch-sample-request\/\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eFREE SAMPLE HERE\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eTHIS SYSTEM:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e • is suitable for use with timber posts and metal posts\u003cbr\u003e • is great for both flat and stair sections\u003cbr\u003e • Requires factory hydraulic swaging\u003cbr\u003e • AWR can factory swage balustrade wires to your exact lengths. \u003cstrong\u003eOrder before 2pm\u003c\/strong\u003e for next business day pick up or dispatch.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eKEY BENEFITS OF THIS SYSTEM:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e • Wires are pre-manufactured to your exact lengths\u003cbr\u003e • Extremely quick and simple installation \u003cbr\u003e • Uses ultra-bright and sleek 1 x 19 wire rope\u003cbr\u003e • All fittings made from high quality 316 grade stainless steel\u003cbr\u003e • This system is suitable for both flat and stair sections with the use of bevelled washers.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eCOMPONENTS REQUIRED PER WIRE:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e2 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/hardware\/stainless-steel-hardware\/blacketch-wire-balustrade-hardware\/blacketch-allen-key-hex-head-tensioner-m6-316-grad\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eBS-HTEN-6\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e - Allen Key Tensioner 316grade M6\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e2 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/hardware\/stainless-steel-hardware\/blacketch-wire-balustrade-hardware\/blacketch-swage-stud-m6-x-48mm-right-hand-threaded\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eBS-7801-036\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e - Swage Stud 316gr M6 Thread 3.2mm Wire\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e2 x S03\u003c\/strong\u003e - Cut and Factory Swage (Additional Cost)\u003cbr\u003e \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/wire-rope\/stainless-steel-wire-rope\/1-x-19-construction\/blacketch-3.2mm-1-x-19-wire-rope-316-grade-stainle~2355\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBWRS119316-032\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e - 3.2mm 1 x 19 Wire Rope 316 Grade (Additonal cost Charged per Metre)\u003cbr\u003e  \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch2\u003eWire Balustrade - FAQ’s\u003cbr\u003e  \u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: What are the best Wire Balustrade posts for the Wire Balustrade - The Tensioner Terminal System?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: Wire Balustrade - The Tensioner Terminal System is suitable for use with both metal posts and timber posts\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: Is this product suitable for a Flat Balustrade or Stair Balustrade?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: Wire Balustrade - The Tensioner Terminal System is suited to both straight sections and stair sections\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: How long does it take for my wires to be manufactured?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: If your order is confirmed by 2pm we will have your wires manufactured and ready for dispatch or pick-up the following business day.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: What hole size do I need in my posts for the Wire Balustrade Tensioner Terminal System?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: You will require an 8mm hole in your end connection and intermediate posts.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003eNote: if you are using split grommets (106874FB or 106874FS) you will require an 11\/32” hole (8.73mm ) in your intermediate posts.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: Can I use this Wire Balustrade System for Stairs?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: Yes the Tensioner Terminal System can be used on stairs but you will require 2 x 35 Degree Bevelled Washers.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: What measurements are required for the Wire Balustrade Tensioner Terminal system?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: Please give us your outside post to outside post measurements between your connection posts and we will take care of the rest.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: What is the maximum length I can use with the Tensioner Terminal System?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: The maximum recommended span between connection posts for this system is 10 metres.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: What size and type of wire should I use for this system?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA:  with all factory made systems we recommend using 3.2mm 1x19 wire. The fittings are hydraulically pressed onto the wire for a super streamline system.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: Do I need any special tools to install this Wire Balustrade System?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: Just common handyman tools. You will require a power drill, 8mm drill bit, Allen key and an adjustable spanner.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ:  How do my wires arrive to me?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA:  wires are bundled per section and labelled with your measurements for quick installation on site.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ:  Can I run my Wire Balustrade around corners?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA:  strongly advise against bending your wire around corners and angled sections. This can fatigue the wire over time as well as damage to your posts (especially timber). Wires should be terminated at each corner and end post.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: How many runs of wire do I need for my balustrade?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA:  comply with Australian NCC regulations most wire balustrades will require 80mm spacing between your wires when your intermediate posts are no more than 1500mm apart. We highly recommend reading the Wire Balustrade Regulations Help section of our website prior to ordering.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMore Questions? \u003c\/strong\u003eNo problem, just send us an email at \u003ca href=\"mailto:sales@awrsolutions.com.au\" title=\"Website Question: Wire Balustrade\"\u003esales@awrsolutions.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e or give us a call on \u003cstrong\u003e1300 781 266\u003c\/strong\u003e and we would be happy to help.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e ","brand":"BlackEtch","offers":[{"title":"Timber Posts \/ Metal\/ Aluminium Posts \/ Factory Swaged to length","offer_id":45273563824316,"sku":"WBSB-TTS","price":11.54,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/6565\/4716\/files\/WBSB-TTS_dfa58a7d-64ac-472b-8913-672b8836c394.jpg?v=1759725928"},{"product_id":"bright-finish-diy-rigging-screw-kit-for-3-2mm-wire-suits-timber-posts","title":"Bright Finish DIY Rigging Screw Kit for 3.2mm Wire Rope - Suits Timber Posts","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cfont color=\"#262626\" face=\"Open Sans, Helvetica, sans-serif\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size: 13px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTHE DIY RIGGING SCREW KIT\u003c\/strong\u003e is our most popular DIY kit. It is suitable for use with timber and metal posts and is great for both straight sections and stair sections. Tension is created on the wire by rotation of the rigging screw body. Tightening the nuts against the body of the rigging screw locks the system in place.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eTHIS KIT:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e • Is suitable for use with timber posts\u003cbr\u003e • Is great for both flat and stair sections\u003cbr\u003e • Is swaged using a DIY Hand Swage tool\u003cbr\u003e •\u003cstrong\u003e Metal Posts: \u003c\/strong\u003eUse pop rivets to attach saddles.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eKEY BENEFITS OF THIS KIT:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e • All components and wire are available off the shelf\u003cbr\u003e • Simple DIY installation. \u003cbr\u003e • All wire and fittings are made from high quality 316 grade stainless (Swages are nickel plated copper)\u003cbr\u003e • This system is suitable for both flat and stair sections\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eCOMPONENTS REQUIRED PER WIRE:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cspan style=\"color: #ff9900;\"\u003eIndividual items can be added to the cart from below:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e1 x SS-312J-05\u003c\/strong\u003e - M5 Rigging Screw Jaw\/ Jaw - 316 grade\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e2 x CP-130NP\u003c\/strong\u003e - 3.2mm Nickel Plated Ferrule (Swage) \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e2 x SS-234-03\u003c\/strong\u003e - 3.2mm Thimble - 316 Grade\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e2 x SS-322-05\u003c\/strong\u003e - 5mm Saddle (Eye Strap) - 316 Grade\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e4 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/self-tapping-screw-csk-head-phillips-drive-304-gra\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eSTCP8114\u003c\/a\u003e - \u003c\/strong\u003e8 x 1 1\/4\" CSK Head Self Tapper - 304 Grade \u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e(Timber posts only) \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eOrder Wire Separately\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e WRS\/77\/316-032 - \u003c\/strong\u003e3.2mm 7 x 7 Wire Rope 316 Grade 305 Mtre Roll\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eWRS\/77\/316-032-MTR\u003c\/strong\u003e - 3.2mm 7 x 7 Wire Rope 316 Grade (Charged per Metre)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/font\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e ","brand":"Bright Finish","offers":[{"title":"Timber Posts \/ DIY Hand Swage","offer_id":45273572114620,"sku":"ZWBK-DIYRS","price":7.68,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/6565\/4716\/files\/ZWBK-DIYRS.jpg?v=1759726006"},{"product_id":"bright-finish-diy-rigging-screw-kit-for-3-2mm-wire-suits-metal-posts","title":"Bright Finish DIY Rigging Screw Kit for 3.2mm Wire Rope - Suits Metal Posts","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cfont color=\"#262626\" face=\"Open Sans, Helvetica, sans-serif\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size: 13px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTHE DIY RIGGING SCREW KIT\u003c\/strong\u003e is our most popular DIY kit. It is suitable for use with timber and metal posts and is great for both straight sections and stair sections. Tension is created on the wire by rotation of the rigging screw body. Tightening the nuts against the body of the rigging screw locks the system in place.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eTHIS KIT:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e • Is suitable for use with metal posts\u003cbr\u003e • Is great for both flat and stair sections\u003cbr\u003e • Is swaged using a DIY Hand Swage tool\u003cbr\u003e •\u003cstrong\u003e Metal Posts: \u003c\/strong\u003eUse pop rivets to attach saddles.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eKEY BENEFITS OF THIS KIT:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e • All components and wire are available off the shelf\u003cbr\u003e • Simple DIY installation. \u003cbr\u003e • All wire and fittings are made from high quality 316 grade stainless (Swages are nickel plated copper)\u003cbr\u003e • This system is suitable for both flat and stair sections\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eCOMPONENTS REQUIRED PER WIRE:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cspan style=\"color: #ff9900;\"\u003eIndividual items can be added to the cart from below:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e 1 x SS-312J-05 - M5 Rigging Screw Jaw\/ Jaw - 316 grade\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e2 x CP-130NP\u003c\/strong\u003e - 3.2mm Nickel Plated Ferrule (Swage) \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e2 x SS-234-03\u003c\/strong\u003e - 3.2mm Thimble - 316 Grade\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e2 x SS-322-05\u003c\/strong\u003e - 5mm Saddle (Eye Strap) - 316 Grade\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e4 x PRSTST5-4 - \u003c\/strong\u003e4 x 6.4mm Pop Rivets - 304 Grade\u003cstrong\u003e (Metal Posts Only)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eOrder Wire Separately\u003cbr\u003e WRS\/77\/316-032 - \u003c\/strong\u003e3.2mm 7 x 7 Wire Rope 316 Grade 305 Mtre Roll\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eWRS\/77\/316-032-MTR\u003c\/strong\u003e - 3.2mm 7 x 7 Wire Rope 316 Grade (Charged per Metre)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/font\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e ","brand":"Bright Finish","offers":[{"title":"Metal\/ Aluminium Posts \/ DIY Hand Swage","offer_id":45273572147388,"sku":"ZWBK-DIYRS-M","price":7.6,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/6565\/4716\/files\/ZWBK-DIYRS-M.jpg?v=1759726007"},{"product_id":"bright-finish-diy-turnbuckle-kit-for-3-2mm-wire-ro","title":"Bright Finish DIY Turnbuckle Kit for 3.2mm Wire Rope - Suits Timber Posts","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cfont color=\"#262626\" face=\"Open Sans, Helvetica, sans-serif\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size: 13px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTHE DIY TURNBUCKLE KIT (TO SUIT TIMBER POSTS) \u003c\/strong\u003eis our most economical DIY balustrade kit. It is suitable for use with timber and metal posts and is great for both straight sections and stair sections. Tension is created on the wire by rotation of the turnbuckle body. Tightening the nuts against the body of the turnbuckle locks the system in place.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eTHIS KIT:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e • Is suitable for use with both timber posts\u003cbr\u003e • Is great for both flat and stair sections\u003cbr\u003e • Is swaged using a DIY Hand Swage tool\u003cbr\u003e • \u003cstrong\u003eTimber posts:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use Self tapping screws to attach saddles\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eKEY BENEFITS OF THIS KIT:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e • All components and wire are available off the shelf\u003cbr\u003e • Simple DIY installation. \u003cbr\u003e • All wire and fittings are made from high quality 316 grade stainless (Swages are nickel plated copper)\u003cbr\u003e • This system is suitable for both flat and stair sections\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eWBK-DIYTB\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e DIY Turnbuckle Kit (to suit \u003cstrong\u003eTimber \u003c\/strong\u003ePosts) - 1 Kit Required Per Wire\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eCOMPONENTS INCLUDED PER KIT FOR TIMBER POSTS\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cspan style=\"color: #ff9900;\"\u003eIndividual items can be added to the cart from below:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e 1 x \u003cstrong\u003eSS-311E-05\u003c\/strong\u003e - M5 Turnbuckle Eye\/ Eye - 316 grade\u003cbr\u003e 2 x \u003cstrong\u003eCP-130NP\u003c\/strong\u003e- 3.2mm Nickel Plated Ferrule (Swage)\u003cbr\u003e 2 x \u003cstrong\u003eSS-234-03\u003c\/strong\u003e - 3.2mm Thimble - 316 Grade\u003cbr\u003e 2 x \u003cstrong\u003eSS-322-05\u003c\/strong\u003e - 5mm Saddle (Eye Strap) - 316 Grade\u003cbr\u003e 4 x \u003cstrong\u003eSTPP8114\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cem\u003e-\u003c\/em\u003e 8 x 1 1\/4\" Pan Head Self Tapper - 304 Grade (Timber posts only)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/font\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cfont color=\"#262626\" face=\"Open Sans, Helvetica, sans-serif\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size: 13px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrder Wire Separately\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eWRS77316-032 - \u003c\/strong\u003e3.2mm 7 x 7 Wire Rope 316 Grade 305 Mtre Roll\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eWRS77316-032-MTR \u003c\/strong\u003e- 3.2mm 7 x 7 Wire Rope 316 Grade (Charged per Metre)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/font\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e ","brand":"Bright Finish","offers":[{"title":"Timber Posts \/ DIY Hand Swage","offer_id":45273572180156,"sku":"ZWBK-DIYTB","price":6.08,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/6565\/4716\/files\/ZWBK-DIYTB.jpg?v=1759726008"},{"product_id":"bright-finish-diy-turnbuckle-system-for-3-2mm-wire","title":"Bright Finish DIY Turnbuckle System for 3.2mm Wire Rope - Suits Metal Posts","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cfont color=\"#262626\" face=\"Open Sans, Helvetica, sans-serif\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size: 13px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTHE DIY TURNBUCKLE KIT (TO SUIT METAL POSTS) \u003c\/strong\u003eis our most economical DIY balustrade kit. It is suitable for use with timber and metal posts and is great for both straight sections and stair sections. Tension is created on the wire by rotation of the turnbuckle body. Tightening the nuts against the body of the turnbuckle locks the system in place.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eTHIS KIT:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e • Is suitable for use with metal posts\u003cbr\u003e • Is great for both flat and stair sections\u003cbr\u003e • Is swaged using a DIY Hand Swage tool\u003cbr\u003e • \u003cstrong\u003eMetal Posts: \u003c\/strong\u003eUse pop rivets to attach saddles.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eKEY BENEFITS OF THIS KIT:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e • All components and wire are available off the shelf\u003cbr\u003e • Simple DIY installation. \u003cbr\u003e • All wire and fittings are made from high quality 316 grade stainless (Swages are nickel plated copper)\u003cbr\u003e • This system is suitable for both flat and stair sections\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eWBK-DIYTB-M\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e DIY Turnbuckle Kit (to suit \u003cstrong\u003eMetal\u003c\/strong\u003e Posts) - 1 Kit Required Per Wire\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eCOMPONENTS INCLUDED PER KIT FOR METAL POSTS\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cspan style=\"color: #ff9900;\"\u003eIndividual items can be added to the cart from below:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e 1 x \u003cstrong\u003eSS-311E-05\u003c\/strong\u003e - M5 Turnbuckle Eye\/ Eye - 316 grade\u003cbr\u003e 2 x \u003cstrong\u003eCP-130NP\u003c\/strong\u003e- 3.2mm Nickel Plated Ferrule (Swage)\u003cbr\u003e 2 x \u003cstrong\u003eSS-234-03\u003c\/strong\u003e - 3.2mm Thimble - 316 Grade\u003cbr\u003e 2 x \u003cstrong\u003eSS-322-05\u003c\/strong\u003e - 5mm Saddle (Eye Strap) - 316 Grade\u003cbr\u003e 4 x \u003cstrong\u003ePRSTST5-4\u003c\/strong\u003e - 4mm X 6.4mm Pop Rivet Stainless - 304 Grade (metal posts only)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/font\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cfont color=\"#262626\" face=\"Open Sans, Helvetica, sans-serif\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size: 13px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrder Wire Separately\u003cbr\u003e WRS\/77\/316-032 - \u003c\/strong\u003e3.2mm 7 x 7 Wire Rope 316 Grade 305 Mtre Roll\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eWRS\/77\/316-032-MTR\u003c\/strong\u003e- 3.2mm 7 x 7 Wire Rope 316 Grade (Charged per Metre)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/font\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e ","brand":"Bright Finish","offers":[{"title":"Metal\/ Aluminium Posts \/ DIY Hand Swage","offer_id":45273572212924,"sku":"ZWBK-DIYTB-M","price":6.01,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/6565\/4716\/files\/ZWBK-DIYTB-M.jpg?v=1759726009"},{"product_id":"bright-finish-flip-lock-kit-for-3-2mm-wire-rope-su","title":"Bright Finish Flip Lock Kit for 3.2mm Wire Rope - Suits Metal Posts","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cfont color=\"#262626\" face=\"Open Sans, Helvetica, sans-serif\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size: 13px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTHE FLIP LOCK KIT\u003c\/strong\u003e is one of our most streamline systems. It is suitable for use with metal posts and is great for both straight sections and stair sections. Tension is created on the wire by threading the LHT\/ RHT swage studs into the LHT\/ RHT Flip Lock Nuts. Tightening the nuts against the head of the Flip Lock Nuts locks the system in place.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eTHIS KIT:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e • Is suitable for use with metal posts\u003cbr\u003e • Is great for both flat and stair sections\u003cbr\u003e • Requires factory hydraulic swaging\u003cbr\u003e • AWR can factory swage balustrade wires to your exact lengths. \u003cstrong\u003eOrder before 2pm\u003c\/strong\u003e for next business day pick up or dispatch.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eKEY BENEFITS OF THIS KIT:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e • Wires are pre-manufactured to your exact lengths\u003cbr\u003e • Extremely quick and simple installation \u003cbr\u003e • Uses ultra-bright and sleek 1 x 19 wire rope\u003cbr\u003e • All fittings made from high quality 316 grade stainless steel\u003cbr\u003e • This system is suitable for both flat and stair sections - suitable for stair sections up to 37º when a 10mm hole is drilled.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eCOMPONENTS REQUIRED PER WIRE:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cspan style=\"color: #ff9900;\"\u003eIndividual items can be added to the cart from below:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e1 x SS-FLN-06L\u003c\/strong\u003e -M6 x 30 LHT Flip Lock Nut 316 Grade\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e1 x SS-FLN-06R - \u003c\/strong\u003eM6 x 30 RHT Flip Lock Nut 316 Grade\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e1 x SS-7801-0630L\u003c\/strong\u003e - M6 x 35mm LHT Swage Stud to suit 3.2mm Wire 316 Grade\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e1 x SS-7801-0630R\u003c\/strong\u003e - M6 x 35mm RHT Swage Stud to suit 3.2mm Wire 316 Grade\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eOrder Wire Separately\u003cbr\u003e WRS119316-032-MTR\u003c\/strong\u003e - 3.2mm 1 x 19 Wire Rope 316 Grade (Charged per Metre)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/font\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e ","brand":"Bright Finish","offers":[{"title":"Metal\/ Aluminium Posts \/ DIY Hydraulic Swage","offer_id":45273572278460,"sku":"ZWBK-FLS","price":12.81,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/6565\/4716\/files\/ZWBK-FLS.jpg?v=1759726009"},{"product_id":"bright-finish-lag-screw-kit-for-3-2mm-wire-rope-su","title":"Bright Finish Lag Screw Kit for 3.2mm Wire Rope - Suits Timber Posts","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTHE LAG SCREW KIT\u003c\/strong\u003e is our most economical factory swaged systems. It is suitable for use with timber posts and is best suited to short straight sections. Tension is created on the wire by threading the LHT\/ RHT swage studs into the timber posts.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eTHIS KIT:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e • Is suitable for use with timber posts\u003cbr\u003e • Is best suited to short straight sections i.e. not stairs\u003cbr\u003e • Requires factory hydraulic swaging\u003cbr\u003e • AWR can factory swage balustrade wires to your exact lengths. \u003cstrong\u003eOrder before 2pm\u003c\/strong\u003e for next business day pick up or dispatch.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eKEY BENEFITS OF THIS KIT:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e • Wires are pre-manufactured to your exact lengths\u003cbr\u003e • Extremely quick and simple installation \u003cbr\u003e • Uses ultra-bright and sleek 1 x 19 wire rope\u003cbr\u003e • All fittings made from high quality 316 grade stainless steel\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eCOMPONENTS REQUIRED PER WIRE:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cspan style=\"color: #ff9900;\"\u003eIndividual items can be added to the cart from below:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e1 x SS-7831L-63\u003c\/strong\u003e - 6mm x 40mm LHT Swage Stud Lag Screw to suit 3.2mm Wire 316 Grade\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e1 x SS-7831R-63 \u003c\/strong\u003e- 6mm x 40 mm RHT Swage Stud Lag Screw to suit 3.2mm Wire 316 Grade\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eOrder Wire Separately\u003cbr\u003e WRS119316-032\u003c\/strong\u003e - 3.2mm 1 x 19 Wire Rope 316 Grade (Charged per Metre)\u003c\/p\u003e ","brand":"Bright Finish","offers":[{"title":"Timber Posts \/ DIY Hydraulic Swage","offer_id":45273572409532,"sku":"ZWBK-LSS","price":3.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/6565\/4716\/files\/ZWBK-LSS.jpg?v=1759726011"},{"product_id":"bright-finish-metal-insert-kit-for-3-2mm-wire-rope","title":"Bright Finish Metal Insert Kit for 3.2mm Wire Rope - Suits Metal Posts","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cfont color=\"#262626\" face=\"Open Sans, Helvetica, sans-serif\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size: 13px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTHE METAL INSERT KIT\u003c\/strong\u003e is one of our most streamilne systems. It is suitable for use with metal posts and is great for both straight sections and stair sections. Tension is created on the wire by threading the LHT\/ RHT swage studs into the LHT\/ RHT Nutserts. Tightening the nuts against the head of the Nutserts locks the system in place.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eTHIS KIT:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e • is suitable for use with metal posts\u003cbr\u003e • is great for both flat and stair sections\u003cbr\u003e • Requires factory hydraulic swaging\u003cbr\u003e • AWR can factory swage balustrade wires to your exact lengths. \u003cstrong\u003eOrder before 2pm\u003c\/strong\u003e for next business day pick up or dispatch.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eKEY BENEFITS OF THIS KIT:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e • Wires are pre-manufactured to your exact lengths\u003cbr\u003e • Extremely quick and simple installation \u003cbr\u003e • Uses ultra-bright and sleek 1 x 19 wire rope\u003cbr\u003e • All fittings made from high quality 316 grade stainless steel (Nutserts 304 grade)\u003cbr\u003e • This system is suitable for both flat and stair sections when used with swivel connectors on stairs.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eCOMPONENTS REQUIRED PER WIRE:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cspan style=\"color: #ff9900;\"\u003eIndividual items can be added to the cart from below:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e1 x NS-SS-M06-L\u003c\/strong\u003e - M6 LHT Large Flange Nutsert 304 Grade\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e1 x NS-SS-M06-R \u003c\/strong\u003e- M6 RHT Large Flange Nutsert 304 Grade\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e1 x SS-7801-0630L\u003c\/strong\u003e - M6 x 35mm LHT Swage Stud to suit 3.2mm Wire 316 Grade\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e1 x SS-7801-0630R\u003c\/strong\u003e - M6 x 35mm RHT Swage Stud to suit 3.2mm Wire 316 Grade\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eOrder Wire Separately:\u003cbr\u003e WRS119316-032-MTR\u003c\/strong\u003e - 3.2mm 1 x 19 Wire Rope 316 Grade (Charged per Metre)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/font\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e ","brand":"Bright Finish","offers":[{"title":"Metal\/ Aluminium Posts \/ DIY Hydraulic Swage","offer_id":45273572507836,"sku":"ZWBK-MIS","price":5.71,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/6565\/4716\/files\/ZWBK-MIS.jpg?v=1759726011"},{"product_id":"bright-finish-rig-fork-kit-with-nutserts-for-3-2mm","title":"Bright Finish Rig Fork Kit with Nutserts for 3.2mm Wire Rope - Suits Metal Posts","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cfont color=\"#262626\" face=\"Open Sans, Helvetica, sans-serif\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size: 13px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTHE RIG FORK KIT WITH NUTSERTS\u003c\/strong\u003e is another versatile system. It is suitable for use with metal posts and is great for both straight sections and stair sections. Tension is created on the wire by rotation of the rigging screw body. Tightening the nuts against the body of the rigging screw locks the system in place.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eTHIS KIT:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e • Is suitable for use with metal posts\u003cbr\u003e • Is great for both flat and stair sections\u003cbr\u003e • Requires factory hydraulic swaging\u003cbr\u003e • AWR can factory swage balustrade wires to your exact lengths. \u003cstrong\u003eOrder before 2pm\u003c\/strong\u003e for next business day pick up or dispatch.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eKEY BENEFITS OF THIS KIT:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e • Wires are pre-manufactured to your exact lengths\u003cbr\u003e • Extremely quick and simple installation \u003cbr\u003e • Uses ultra-bright and sleek 1 x 19 wire rope\u003cbr\u003e • All fittings made from high quality 316 grade stainless steel\u003cbr\u003e • This system is suitable for both flat and stair sections\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eCOMPONENTS REQUIRED PER WIRE:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cspan style=\"color: #ff9900;\"\u003eIndividual items can be added to the cart from below:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e1 x SS-312T-532\u003c\/strong\u003e - Rigging Screw Jaw - Swage 316 grade M5 3.2m Wire\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e1 x SS-7803-03\u003c\/strong\u003e - Fork Terminal - Swage 316grade 3.2mm Wire\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e2 x SS-444-0615\u003c\/strong\u003e - Eye Bolt 316grade M6 x 15mm 316 Grade\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e2 x SS-NUT-06 - \u003c\/strong\u003eM6 Hex Nut 316 Grade\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e2 x NS-SS-M06-R -\u003c\/strong\u003e M6 Nut Rivet 304 Grade\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eOrder Wire Separately:\u003cbr\u003e WRS119316-032-MTR\u003c\/strong\u003e - 3.2mm 1 x 19 Wire Rope 316 Grade (Charged per Metre)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/font\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e ","brand":"Bright Finish","offers":[{"title":"Metal\/ Aluminium Posts \/ DIY Hydraulic Swage","offer_id":45273572638908,"sku":"ZWBK-RFNS","price":14.1,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/6565\/4716\/files\/ZWBK-RFNS.jpg?v=1759726013"},{"product_id":"bright-finish-rig-fork-system-with-saddles-for-3-2","title":"Bright Finish Rig Fork System with Saddles for 3.2mm Wire Rope - Suits Timber Posts","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cfont color=\"#262626\" face=\"Open Sans, Helvetica, sans-serif\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size: 13px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTHE RIG FORK KIT WITH SADDLES\u003c\/strong\u003e is another of our most versatile systems. It is suitable for use with timber posts or metal posts and is great for both straight sections and stair sections. Tension is created on the wire by rotation of the rigging screw body. Tightening the nuts against the body of the rigging screw locks the system in place.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eTHIS KIT:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e • is suitable for use with timber posts and metal posts\u003cbr\u003e • is great for both flat and stair sections\u003cbr\u003e • Requires factory hydraulic swaging\u003cbr\u003e • AWR can factory swage balustrade wires to your exact lengths. \u003cstrong\u003eOrder before 2pm\u003c\/strong\u003e for next business day pick up or dispatch.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eKEY BENEFITS OF THIS KIT:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e • Wires are pre-manufactured to your exact lengths\u003cbr\u003e • Extremely quick and simple installation \u003cbr\u003e • Uses ultra-bright and sleek 1 x 19 wire rope\u003cbr\u003e • All fittings made from high quality 316 grade stainless steel\u003cbr\u003e • This system is suitable for both flat and stair sections\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eCOMPONENTS REQUIRED PER WIRE:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cspan style=\"color: #ff9900;\"\u003eIndividual items can be added to the cart from below:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e1 x SS-312T-532\u003c\/strong\u003e - Rigging Screw Jaw - Swage 316grade M5 3.2m Wire\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e1 x SS-7803-03\u003c\/strong\u003e - Fork Terminal - Swage 316grade 3.2mm Wire\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e1 x 2 x SS-322-05\u003c\/strong\u003e - 5mm Saddle (Eye Strap) - 316 Grade\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e4 x STPP8114 - \u003c\/strong\u003e8 x 1 1\/4\" Pan Head Self Tapper - 304 Grade \u003cstrong\u003e(Timber posts only)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e4 x PRSTST5-4 - \u003c\/strong\u003e4 x 6.4mm Pop Rivets - 304 Grade\u003cstrong\u003e (Metal Posts Only)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eOrder Wire Separately\u003cbr\u003e WRS119316-032-MTR\u003c\/strong\u003e - 3.2mm 1 x 19 Wire Rope 316 Grade (Charged per Metre)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/font\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e ","brand":"Bright Finish","offers":[{"title":"Timber Posts \/ DIY Hydraulic Swage","offer_id":45273572933820,"sku":"ZWBK-RFSAD","price":9.85,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/6565\/4716\/files\/ZWBK-RFSAD.jpg?v=1759726014"},{"product_id":"bright-finish-rig-fork-system-with-saddles-for-3-2-2371","title":"Bright Finish Rig Fork System with Saddles for 3.2mm Wire Rope - Suits Metal Posts","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cfont color=\"#262626\" face=\"Open Sans, Helvetica, sans-serif\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size: 13px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTHE RIG FORK KIT WITH SADDLES\u003c\/strong\u003e is another of our most versatile systems. It is suitable for use with timber posts or metal posts and is great for both straight sections and stair sections. Tension is created on the wire by rotation of the rigging screw body. Tightening the nuts against the body of the rigging screw locks the system in place.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eTHIS KIT:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e • is suitable for use with timber posts and metal posts\u003cbr\u003e • is great for both flat and stair sections\u003cbr\u003e • Requires factory hydraulic swaging\u003cbr\u003e • AWR can factory swage balustrade wires to your exact lengths. \u003cstrong\u003eOrder before 2pm\u003c\/strong\u003e for next business day pick up or dispatch.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eKEY BENEFITS OF THIS KIT:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e • Wires are pre-manufactured to your exact lengths\u003cbr\u003e • Extremely quick and simple installation \u003cbr\u003e • Uses ultra-bright and sleek 1 x 19 wire rope\u003cbr\u003e • All fittings made from high quality 316 grade stainless steel\u003cbr\u003e • This system is suitable for both flat and stair sections\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eCOMPONENTS REQUIRED PER WIRE:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cspan style=\"color: #ff9900;\"\u003eIndividual items can be added to the cart from below:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e1 x SS-312T-532\u003c\/strong\u003e - Rigging Screw Jaw - Swage 316grade M5 3.2m Wire\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e1 x SS-7803-03\u003c\/strong\u003e - Fork Terminal - Swage 316grade 3.2mm Wire\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e1 x 2 x SS-322-05\u003c\/strong\u003e - 5mm Saddle (Eye Strap) - 316 Grade\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e4 x STPP8114 - \u003c\/strong\u003e8 x 1 1\/4\" Pan Head Self Tapper - 304 Grade \u003cstrong\u003e(Timber posts only)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e4 x PRSTST5-4 - \u003c\/strong\u003e4 x 6.4mm Pop Rivets - 304 Grade\u003cstrong\u003e (Metal Posts Only)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eOrder Wire Separately\u003cbr\u003e WRS119316-032-MTR\u003c\/strong\u003e - 3.2mm 1 x 19 Wire Rope 316 Grade (Charged per Metre)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/font\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e ","brand":"Bright Finish","offers":[{"title":"Metal\/ Aluminium Posts \/ DIY Hydraulic Swage","offer_id":45273573064892,"sku":"ZWBK-RFSAD-M","price":9.79,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/6565\/4716\/files\/ZWBK-RFSAD-M.jpg?v=1759726014"},{"product_id":"bright-finish-rig-fork-kit-with-screw-eyes-for-3-2","title":"Bright Finish Rig Fork Kit with Screw Eyes for 3.2mm Wire Rope - Suits Timber Posts","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cfont color=\"#262626\" face=\"Open Sans, Helvetica, sans-serif\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size: 13px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTHE RIG FORK KIT WITH SCREW EYES\u003c\/strong\u003e is one of our most versatile systems. It is suitable for use with timber posts and is great for both straight sections and stair sections. Tension is created on the wire by rotation of the rigging screw body. Tightening the nuts against the body of the rigging screw locks the system in place.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eTHIS KIT:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e • is suitable for use with timber posts\u003cbr\u003e • is great for both flat and stair sections\u003cbr\u003e • requires factory hydraulic swaging\u003cbr\u003e • AWR can factory swage balustrade wires to your exact lengths. \u003cstrong\u003eOrder before 2pm\u003c\/strong\u003e for next business day pick up or dispatch.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eKEY BENEFITS OF THIS KIT:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cem\u003e• \u003c\/em\u003eWires are pre-manufactured to your exact lengths\u003cbr\u003e \u003cem\u003e• \u003c\/em\u003eExtremely quick and simple installation \u003cbr\u003e \u003cem\u003e• \u003c\/em\u003eUses ultra-bright and sleek 1 x 19 wire rope\u003cbr\u003e \u003cem\u003e• \u003c\/em\u003eAll fittings made from high quality 316 grade stainless steel\u003cbr\u003e \u003cem\u003e• \u003c\/em\u003eThis system is suitable for both flat and stair sections\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eCOMPONENTS REQUIRED PER WIRE:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cspan style=\"color: #ff9900;\"\u003eIndividual items can be added to the cart from below:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e1 x SS-312T-532\u003c\/strong\u003e - Rigging Screw Jaw - Swage 316grade M5 3.2m Wire\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e1 x SS-7803-03\u003c\/strong\u003e - Fork Terminal - Swage 316grade 3.2mm Wire\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e2 x SS-3182-0660\u003c\/strong\u003e - Screw Eye Timber 316grade 6mm x 60mm\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eOrder Wire Separately\u003cbr\u003e WRS\/119\/316-032-MTR\u003c\/strong\u003e - 3.2mm 1 x 19 Wire Rope 316 Grade (Charged per Metre)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/font\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e ","brand":"Bright Finish","offers":[{"title":"Timber Posts \/ DIY Hydraulic Swage","offer_id":45273573130428,"sku":"ZWBK-RFSE","price":11.33,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/6565\/4716\/files\/ZWBK-RFSE.jpg?v=1759726016"},{"product_id":"bright-finish-timber-insert-kit-for-3-2mm-wire-rop","title":"Bright Finish Timber Insert Kit for 3.2mm Wire Rope - Suits Timber Posts","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan open=\"\" sans=\"\" style=\"color: rgb(38, 38, 38); font-family: \"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTHE TIMBER INSERT KIT\u003c\/strong\u003e is one of our most streamline systems. It is suitable for use with timber posts and is great for both straight sections and stair sections. Tension is created on the wire by threading the LHT\/ RHT swage studs into the LHT\/ RHT timber inserts. Tightening the nuts against the head of the timber inserts locks the system in place.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eTHIS KIT:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e • Is suitable for use with timber posts\u003cbr\u003e • Is great for both flat and stair sections\u003cbr\u003e • Requires factory hydraulic swaging\u003cbr\u003e • AWR can factory swage balustrade wires to your exact lengths. \u003cstrong\u003eOrder before 2pm\u003c\/strong\u003e for next business day pick up or dispatch.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eKEY BENEFITS TO THIS KIT:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e • Wires are pre-manufactured to your exact lengths\u003cbr\u003e • Extremely quick and simple installation \u003cbr\u003e • Uses ultra-bright and sleek 1 x 19 wire rope\u003cbr\u003e • All fittings made from high quality 316 grade stainless steel (Timber inserts 304 grade)\u003cbr\u003e • This system is suitable for both flat and stair sections when used with swivel connectors on stairs.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eCOMPONENTS REQUIRED PER WIRE:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cspan style=\"color: #ff9900;\"\u003eIndividual items can be added to the cart from below:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e1 x SS-3310-06L\u003c\/strong\u003e -M6 x 32 LHT Threaded Timber Insert 304 Grade\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e1 x SS-3310-06R\u003c\/strong\u003e - M6 x 32 RHT Threaded Timber Insert 304 Grade\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e1 x SS-7801-03635L\u003c\/strong\u003e - M6 x 35mm LHT Swage Stud to suit 3.2mm Wire 316 Grade\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e1 x SS-7801-03635R\u003c\/strong\u003e - M6 x 35mm RHT Swage Stud to suit 3.2mm Wire 316 Grade\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eWRS\/119\/316-032\u003c\/strong\u003e - 3.2mm 1 x 19 Wire Rope 316 Grade (Charged per Metre)\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cspan style=\"color: #ff9900;\"\u003eAdd Ons for Stairs:\u003cbr\u003e \u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1 x SS-7812L-030620\u003c\/strong\u003e - Swivel Connector M6 x 20mm LHT - 316 Grade Stainless Steel\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1 x SS-7812R-030620 - \u003c\/strong\u003eSwivel Connector M6 x 20mm RHT - 316 Grade Stainless Steel\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e ","brand":"Bright Finish","offers":[{"title":"Timber Posts \/ DIY Hydraulic Swage","offer_id":45273573261500,"sku":"ZWBK-TIS","price":9.22,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/6565\/4716\/files\/ZWBK-TIS.jpg?v=1759726017"},{"product_id":"bright-finish-tensioner-terminal-kit-for-3-2mm-wir","title":"Bright Finish Tensioner Terminal Kit for 3.2mm Wire Rope - Suits Timber or Metal Posts","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTHE TENSIONER TERMINAL KIT\u003c\/strong\u003e is one of our most streamline kits. It is suitable for use with timber posts and metal posts and is great for both straight sections and stair sections. Tension is created on the wire by threading the Allen Key Tensioner onto the swage stud of the wire using an Allen key. \u003cstrong\u003ePlease Note: \u003c\/strong\u003eThis system is threaded right through the end posts and requires tensioning on the outside face\u003ca\u003e of the post. It is not recommended for corner sections.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eTHIS KIT:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e • Is suitable for use with timber posts and metal posts\u003cbr\u003e • Is great for both flat and stair sections\u003cbr\u003e • Requires factory hydraulic swaging\u003cbr\u003e • AWR can factory swage balustrade wires to your exact lengths. \u003cstrong\u003eOrder before 2pm\u003c\/strong\u003e for next business day pick up or dispatch..\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eKEY BENEFITS OF THIS KIT:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e • Wires are pre-manufactured to your exact lengths\u003cbr\u003e • Extremely quick and simple installation \u003cbr\u003e • Uses ultra-bright and sleek 1 x 19 wire rope\u003cbr\u003e • All fittings made from high quality 316 grade stainless steel\u003cbr\u003e • This system is suitable for both flat and stair sections - With the use of bevelled washers..\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eCOMPONENTS REQUIRED PER WIRE:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cspan style=\"color: #ff9900;\"\u003eIndividual items can be added to the cart from below:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e1 x HTEN-6\u003c\/strong\u003e - Allen Key Tensioner 316 grade M6\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e1 x SS-7801-036\u003c\/strong\u003e - Swage Stud 316 grade M6 Thread 3.2mm Wire\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e1 x SS-7804-032\u003c\/strong\u003e - Button Head Terminal 316 grade 3.2mm Wire\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eOrder Wire Separately\u003cbr\u003e WRS\/119\/316-032\u003c\/strong\u003e - 3.2mm 1 x 19 Wire Rope 316 Grade (Charged per Metre)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e ","brand":"Bright Finish","offers":[{"title":"Timber Posts \/ Metal\/ Aluminium Posts \/ DIY Hydraulic Swage","offer_id":45273573425340,"sku":"ZWBK-TTS","price":6.97,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/6565\/4716\/files\/ZWBK-TTS_63788d51-8fac-40fd-bbb2-15faff53e336.jpg?v=1759726017"},{"product_id":"bright-finish-diy-swaged-wire-balustrade-supplied","title":"Bright Finish DIY Swaged Wire Balustrade (Supplied as components only) - DIY Rigging Screw System - Suits Timber Posts","description":"\u003cp\u003eIs our most popular DIY kit. It is suitable for use with timber posts and is great for both straight sections and stair sections. Tension is created on the wire by rotation of the rigging screw body. Tightening the nuts against the body of the rigging screw locks the system in place.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eTHIS KIT:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e • Is suitable for use with timber posts\u003cbr\u003e • Is great for both flat and stair sections\u003cbr\u003e • Is swaged using a DIY Hand Swage tool\u003cbr\u003e • \u003cstrong\u003eTimber posts:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use Self tapping screws to attach saddles.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eKEY BENEFITS OF THIS KIT:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e • All components and wire are available off the shelf\u003cbr\u003e • Simple DIY installation. \u003cbr\u003e • All wire and fittings are made from high quality 316 grade stainless (Swages are nickel plated copper)\u003cbr\u003e • This system is suitable for both flat and stair sections\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eCOMPONENTS REQUIRED PER WIRE:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e1 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/hardware\/garden-trellis-components\/garden-trellis-hardware\/rigging-screw-jaw-jaw-m5-316-grade-stainless-steel\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eSS-312J-05\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e - M5 Rigging Screw Jaw\/ Jaw - 316 grade\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e2 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/ferrule-nickel-plated\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eCP-130NP\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e - 3.2mm Nickel Plated Ferrule (Swage) \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e2 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/thimble-wire-rope-304gr-2mm~2104\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eSS-234-03\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e - 3.2mm Thimble - 316 Grade\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e2 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/saddle-eye-strap-4mm-304gr~2150\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eSS-322-05\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e - 5mm Saddle (Eye Strap) - 316 Grade\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e4 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/self-tapping-screw-csk-head-phillips-drive-304-gra\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eSTCP8114\u003c\/a\u003e - \u003c\/strong\u003e8 x 1 1\/4\" CSK Head Self Tapper - 304 Grade \u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e(Timber posts only) \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003eor \u003cstrong\u003e4 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/screw-self-tapper-304gr-pan-phil-10g-x-1~2209\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eSTPP8114\u003c\/a\u003e - \u003c\/strong\u003e8 x 1 1\/4\" PAN Head Self Tapper - 304 Grade\u003cbr\u003e \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/1mm-7-x-7-wire-rope-s-steel-316gr\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWRS77316-032-MTR\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e - 3.2mm 7 x 7 Wire Rope 316Grade (Additonal cost Charged per Metre)\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch2\u003eWire Balustrade - FAQ’s\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: What are the best Wire Balustrade posts for the Wire Balustrade - DIY Rigging Screw Kit System?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: Wire Balustrade - DIY Rigging Screw Kit System is suitable for use with timber posts\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: Is this product suitable for a Flat Balustrade or Stair Balustrade?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: Wire Balustrade - DIY Rigging Screw Kit System is great for both straight sections and stair sections.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: How long does it take for my order to be dispatched?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA:This system is not pre-manufactured to your length. DIY swaging is required on-site. If your order is confirmed by 2pm we will have your order dispatched or ready for pick-up the same day.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: What hole size do I need in my posts for the DIY Rigging Screw System?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: Saddles are attached to your connection posts using self-tapping screws. In general you will no need to pre-drill the holes for these screws. For your intermediate posts, a 4mm hole will be required to pass the wire through.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch5\u003eNote: if you are using split grommets (106874FB or 106874FS) you will require an 11\/32” hole (8.73mm ) in your intermediate posts.\u003c\/h5\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: Can I use this system for Stairs?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA:Yes, the Fork and thimble end will naturally pivot to the angle of your stairs on the saddles.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: What measurements are required for the DIY Rigging Screw System?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: Please give us your inside post to inside post measurements between your connection posts and we can work out the components and qty’s you will require.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: What is the maximum length I can use with the DIY Rigging Screw System?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: The maximum recommended span between connection posts for this system is 10 metres.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: What size and type of wire should I use for this system?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: We recommend using 3.2mm 7x7 wire. The fittings are pressed onto the wire using a Hand Swaging Tool.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: Do I need any special tools to install this system?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: You will need a power drill, drill bits, drive bits and an adjustable spanner. You will require a Hand Swaging Tool and we also recommend purchasing a C spanner for tensioning the rigging Screws for easier installation.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: How do my wires arrive to me?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: Your components and wire will be packaged and numbered ready for installation on-site.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: Can I run my wire balustrade around corners?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: We strongly advise against bending your wire around corners and angled sections. This can fatigue the wire over time as well as damage to your posts (especially timber). Wires should be terminated at each corner and end post.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: How many runs of wire do I need for my balustrade?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: To comply with Australian NCC regulations most wire balustrades will require 80mm spacing between your wires when your intermediate posts are no more than 1500mm apart. We highly recommend reading the Wire Balustrade Regulations Help section of our website prior to ordering.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eMore Questions? \u003c\/strong\u003eNo problem, just send us an email at \u003ca href=\"mailto:sales@awrsolutions.com.au\" title=\"Website Question: Wire Balustrade\"\u003esales@awrsolutions.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e or give us a call on \u003cstrong\u003e1300 781 266\u003c\/strong\u003e and we would be happy to help.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e ","brand":"Bright Finish","offers":[{"title":"Timber Posts \/ DIY Hand Swage","offer_id":45273573523644,"sku":"ZWBS-DIYRS","price":7.68,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/6565\/4716\/files\/ZWBS-DIYRS.jpg?v=1759726020"},{"product_id":"bright-finish-diy-swaged-wire-balustrade-supplied-2399","title":"Bright Finish DIY Swaged Wire Balustrade (Supplied as components only) - DIY Rigging Screw System - Suits Metal Posts","description":"\u003ch2\u003eWire Balustrade - DIY Rigging Screw Kit System\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eIs our most popular DIY kit. It is suitable for use with metal posts and is great for both straight sections and stair sections. Tension is created on the wire by rotation of the rigging screw body. Tightening the nuts against the body of the rigging screw locks the system in place.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003eTHIS KIT:\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e • Is suitable for use with metal posts\u003cbr\u003e • Is great for both flat and stair sections\u003cbr\u003e • Is swaged using a DIY Hand Swage tool\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003eKEY BENEFITS OF THIS KIT:\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e • All components and wire are available off the shelf\u003cbr\u003e • Simple DIY installation. \u003cbr\u003e • All wire and fittings are made from high quality 316 grade stainless (Swages are nickel plated copper)\u003cbr\u003e • This system is suitable for both flat and stair sections\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003eCOMPONENTS REQUIRED PER WIRE:\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e1 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/hardware\/garden-trellis-components\/garden-trellis-hardware\/rigging-screw-jaw-jaw-m5-316-grade-stainless-steel\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eSS-312J-05\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e - M5 Rigging Screw Jaw\/ Jaw - 316 grade\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e2 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/ferrule-nickel-plated\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eCP-130NP\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e - 3.2mm Nickel Plated Ferrule (Swage) \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e2 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/thimble-wire-rope-304gr-2mm~2104\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eSS-234-03\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e - 3.2mm Thimble - 316 Grade\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e2 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/saddle-eye-strap-4mm-304gr~2150\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eSS-322-05\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e - 5mm Saddle (Eye Strap) - 316 Grade\u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003e4 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/pop-rivet-stainless-3.2mm-x-5mm-grip~2085\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ePRSTST5-4\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e - Pop Rivet Stainless 4mm x 6.4mm Grip\u003cbr\u003e \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/1mm-7-x-7-wire-rope-s-steel-316gr\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWRS77316-032-MTR\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e - 3.2mm 7 x 7 Wire Rope 316Grade (Additonal cost Charged per Metre)\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch2\u003eWire Balustrade - FAQ’s\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: What are the best Wire Balustrade posts for the Wire Balustrade - DIY Rigging Screw Kit System?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: Wire Balustrade - DIY Rigging Screw Kit System is suitable for use with metal posts\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: Is this product suitable for a Flat Balustrade or a Stair Balustrade?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: Wire Balustrade - DIY Rigging Screw Kit System is great for both straight sections and stair sections.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: How long does it take for my order to be dispatched?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: This system is not pre-manufactured to your length. DIY swaging is required on-site. If your order is confirmed by 2pm we will have your order dispatched or ready for pick-up the same day.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: What hole size do I need in my posts for the DIY Rigging Screw System?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: Saddles are attached to your connection posts using pop-rivets and will require 2 x 4mm holes. For your intermediate posts, a 4mm hole will be required to pass the wire through.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch5\u003eNote: if you are using split grommets (106874FB or 106874FS) you will require an 11\/32” hole (8.73mm ) in your intermediate posts.\u003c\/h5\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: Can I use this Wire Balustrade System for Stairs?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: Yes, the Fork and thimble end will naturally pivot to the angle of your stairs on the saddles.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: What measurements are required for the DIY Rigging Screw System?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: Please give us your inside post to inside post measurements between your connection posts and we can work out the components and qty’s you will require.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: What is the maximum length I can use with the DIY Rigging Screw System?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: The maximum recommended span between connection posts for this system is 10 metres.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: What size and type of wire should I use for this system?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: We recommend using 3.2mm 7x7 wire. The fittings are pressed onto the wire using a Hand Swaging Tool.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: Do I need any special tools to install this system?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: You will need a power drill, drill bits, drive bits and an adjustable spanner. You will require a Hand Swaging Tool and we also recommend purchasing a C spanner for tensioning the rigging Screws for easier installation.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: How do my wires arrive to me?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: Your components and wire will be packaged and numbered ready for installation on-site.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: Can I run my wire balustrade around corners?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: We strongly advise against bending your wire around corners and angled sections. This can fatigue the wire over time as well as damage to your posts (especially timber). Wires should be terminated at each corner and end post.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: How many runs of wire do I need for my balustrade?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: To comply with Australian NCC regulations most wire balustrades will require 80mm spacing between your wires when your intermediate posts are no more than 1500mm apart. We highly recommend reading the Wire Balustrade Regulations Help section of our website prior to ordering.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003eMore Questions? \u003c\/b\u003eNo problem, just send us an email at \u003ca href=\"mailto:sales@awrsolutions.com.au\" title=\"Website Question: Wire Balustrade\"\u003esales@awrsolutions.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e or give us a call on \u003cb\u003e1300 781 266\u003c\/b\u003e and we would be happy to help.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e ","brand":"Bright Finish","offers":[{"title":"Metal\/ Aluminium Posts \/ DIY Hand Swage","offer_id":45273573687484,"sku":"ZWBS-DIYRS-M","price":7.6,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/6565\/4716\/files\/ZWBS-DIYRS-M.jpg?v=1759726021"},{"product_id":"bright-finish-diy-swaged-wire-balustrade-supplied-2388","title":"Bright Finish DIY Swaged Wire Balustrade (Supplied as components only) - DIY Turnbuckle System - Suits Timber Posts","description":"\u003ch2\u003eWire Balustrade - DIY Turnbuckle System\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cp\u003eis our most economical DIY balustrade kit. It is suitable for use with timber posts and is great for both straight sections and stair sections. Tension is created on the wire by rotation of the turnbuckle body. Tightening the nuts against the body of the turnbuckle locks the system in place.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eTHIS KIT:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e • Is suitable for use with both timber posts\u003cbr\u003e • Is great for both flat and stair sections\u003cbr\u003e • Is swaged using a DIY Hand Swage tool\u003cbr\u003e • \u003cstrong\u003eTimber posts:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use Self tapping screws to attach saddles\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eKEY BENEFITS OF THIS KIT:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e • All components and wire are available off the shelf\u003cbr\u003e • Simple DIY installation. \u003cbr\u003e • All wire and fittings are made from high quality 316 grade stainless (Swages are nickel plated copper)\u003cbr\u003e • This system is suitable for both flat and stair sections\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eKIT-DIYTB-T\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e DIY Turnbuckle Kit (to suit \u003cstrong\u003eTIMBER\u003c\/strong\u003e Posts) - 1 Kit Required Per Wire\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eCOMPONENTS INCLUDED PER KIT FOR TIMBER POSTS\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e1 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/turnbuckle-eye-eye-316gr-4mm~2121\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eSS-311E-05\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e - M5 Turnbuckle Eye\/ Eye - 316 grade\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e2 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/ferrule-nickel-plated\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eCP-130NP\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e - 3.2mm Nickel Plated Ferrule (Swage) \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e2 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/thimble-wire-rope-304gr-2mm~2104\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eSS-234-03\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e - 3.2mm Thimble - 316 Grade\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e2 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/saddle-eye-strap-4mm-304gr~2150\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eSS-322-05\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e - 5mm Saddle (Eye Strap) - 316 Grade\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e4 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/screw-self-tapper-304gr-pan-phil-10g-x-1~2209\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eSTPP8114\u003c\/a\u003e - \u003c\/strong\u003e8 x 1 1\/4\" PAN Head Self Tapper - 304 Grade (Timber posts only)\u003cbr\u003e \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/1mm-7-x-7-wire-rope-s-steel-316gr\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWRS77316-032-MTR\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e - 3.2mm 7 x 7 Wire Rope 316Grade (Additonal cost Charged per Metre)\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrder Wire Separately\u003cbr\u003e WRS77316-032 - \u003c\/strong\u003e3.2mm 7 x 7 Wire Rope 316 Grade 305 Mtre Roll\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eWRS77316-032-MTR \u003c\/strong\u003e- 3.2mm 7 x 7 Wire Rope 316 Grade (Charged per Metre)\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch2\u003eWire Balustrade - FAQ’s\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: What are the best Wire Balustrade posts for the Wire Balustrade - DIY Turnbuckle System?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: Wire Balustrade - DIY Turnbuckle System is suitable for use with timber posts\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: Is this product suitable for a Flat Balustrade or Stair Balustrade?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: Wire Balustrade - DIY Turnbuckle System is great for both straight sections and stair sections\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: How long does it take for my order to be dispatched?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: This system is not pre-manufactured to your length. DIY swaging is required on-site. If your order is confirmed by 2pm we will have your order dispatched or ready for pick-up the same day.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: What hole size do I need in my posts for the DIY Turnbuckle System?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: Saddles are attached to your connection posts using self-tapping screws. In general you will not need to pre-drill the holes for these screws. For your intermediate posts, a 4mm hole will be required to pass the wire through.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch5\u003eNote: if you are using split grommets (106874FB or 106874FS) you will require an 11\/32” hole (8.73mm ) in your intermediate posts.\u003c\/h5\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: Can I use this system for Stairs?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: Yes, the Turnbuckle Eye and thimble end will naturally pivot to the angle of your stairs on the saddles.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: What measurements are required for the DIY Turnbuckle System?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: Please give us your inside post to inside post measurements between your connection posts and we can work out the components and qty’s you will require.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: What is the maximum length I can use with the DIY Turnbuckle System?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: The maximum recommended span between connection posts for this system is 10 metres.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: What size and type of wire should I use for this system?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: We recommend using 3.2mm 7x7 wire. The fittings are pressed onto the wire using a Hand Swaging Tool.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: Do I need any special tools to install this system?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: You will need a power drill, drill bits, drive bits and an adjustable spanner. You will require a Hand Swaging Tool and we also recommend purchasing a C spanner for tensioning the rigging Screws for easier installation.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: How do my wires arrive to me?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: Your components and wire will be packaged and numbered ready for installation on-site.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: Can I run my wire balustrade around corners?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: We strongly advise against bending your wire around corners and angled sections. This can fatigue the wire over time as well as damage to your posts (especially timber). Wires should be terminated at each corner and end post.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: How many runs of wire do I need for my balustrade?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: To comply with Australian NCC regulations most wire balustrades will require 80mm spacing between your wires when your intermediate posts are no more than 1500mm apart. We highly recommend reading the Wire Balustrade Regulations Help section of our website prior to ordering.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eMore Questions? \u003c\/strong\u003eNo problem, just send us an email at \u003ca href=\"mailto:sales@awrsolutions.com.au\" title=\"Website Question: Wire Balustrade\"\u003esales@awrsolutions.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e or give us a call on \u003cstrong\u003e1300 781 266\u003c\/strong\u003e and we would be happy to help.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e ","brand":"Bright Finish","offers":[{"title":"Timber Posts \/ DIY Hand Swage","offer_id":45273573785788,"sku":"ZWBS-DIYTB","price":6.08,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/6565\/4716\/files\/ZWBS-DIYTB.jpg?v=1759726022"},{"product_id":"bright-finish-diy-swaged-wire-balustrade-supplied-2407","title":"Bright Finish DIY Swaged Wire Balustrade (Supplied as components only) - DIY Turnbuckle System - Suits Metal Posts","description":"\u003ch2\u003eWire Balustrade - DIY Turnbuckle Kit\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cp\u003eIs our most economical DIY balustrade kit. It is suitable for use with metal posts and is great for both straight sections and stair sections. Tension is created on the wire by rotation of the turnbuckle body. Tightening the nuts against the body of the turnbuckle locks the system in place.\u003cbr\u003e  \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eTHIS KIT:\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e • Is suitable for use with both timber and metal posts\u003cbr\u003e • Is great for both flat and stair sections\u003cbr\u003e • Is swaged using a DIY Hand Swage tool\u003cbr\u003e •\u003cb\u003eMetal Posts: \u003c\/b\u003eUse pop rivets to attach saddles.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003eKEY BENEFITS OF THIS KIT:\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e • All components and wire are available off the shelf\u003cbr\u003e • Simple DIY installation.\u003cbr\u003e • All wire and fittings are made from high quality 316 grade stainless (Swages are nickel plated copper)\u003cbr\u003e • This system is suitable for both flat and stair sections\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eKIT-DIYTB-M\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cb\u003eDIY Turnbuckle Kit (to suit Metal Posts)\u003c\/b\u003e - 1 Kit Required Per Wire\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003eCOMPONENTS INCLUDED PER KIT FOR METAL POSTS\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/turnbuckle-eye-eye-316gr-4mm~2121\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eSS-311E-05\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e - M5 Turnbuckle Eye\/ Eye - 316 grade\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e2 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/ferrule-nickel-plated\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eCP-130NP\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e - 3.2mm Nickel Plated Ferrule (Swage) \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e2 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/thimble-wire-rope-304gr-2mm~2104\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eSS-234-03\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e - 3.2mm Thimble - 316 Grade\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e2 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/saddle-eye-strap-4mm-304gr~2150\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eSS-322-05\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e - 5mm Saddle (Eye Strap) - 316 Grade\u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003e4 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/pop-rivet-stainless-3.2mm-x-5mm-grip~2085\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ePRSTST5-4\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e - Pop Rivet Stainless 4mm x 6.4mm Grip\u003cbr\u003e \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/1mm-7-x-7-wire-rope-s-steel-316gr\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWRS77316-032-MTR\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e - 3.2mm 7 x 7 Wire Rope 316Grade (Additonal cost Charged per Metre)\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrder Wire Separately\u003cbr\u003e WRS77316-032 - \u003c\/strong\u003e3.2mm 7 x 7 Wire Rope 316 Grade 305 Mtre Roll\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eWRS77316-032-MTR \u003c\/strong\u003e- 3.2mm 7 x 7 Wire Rope 316 Grade (Charged per Metre)\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch2\u003eWire Balustrade FAQ's\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: What are the best Wire Balustrade posts for the DIY Turnbuckle Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: Suitable for metal balustrade posts\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eQ: Is this product suitable for a Flat Wire Balustrade or Stair Wire Balustrade?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eA: The Wire Balustrade -DIY Turnbuckle Kit is suitable for both Flat Wire Balustrade \u0026amp; a Stair Wire Balustrade\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eHow long does it take for my order to be dispatched?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eThis system is not pre-manufactured to your length. DIY swaging is required on-site. If your order is confirmed by 2pm we will have your order dispatched or ready for pick-up the same day.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eWhat hole size do I need in my posts for the DIY Turnbuckle System?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eSaddles are attached to your connection posts using pop-rivets and will require 2 x 4mm holes. For your intermediate posts, a 4mm hole will be required to pass the wire through.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch5\u003eNote: if you are using split grommets (106874FB or 106874FS) you will require an 11\/32” hole (8.73mm ) in your intermediate posts.\u003c\/h5\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eCan I use this system for Stairs?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eYes, the Fork and thimble end will naturally pivot to the angle of your stairs on the saddles.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eWhat measurements are required for the DIY Turnbuckle System?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003ePlease give us your inside post to inside post measurements between your connection posts and we can work out the components and qty’s you will require.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum length I can use with the DIY Turnbuckle System?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eThe maximum recommended span between connection posts for this system is 10 metres.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eWhat size and type of wire should I use for this system?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eWe recommend using 3.2mm 7x7 wire. The fittings are pressed onto the wire using a Hand Swaging Tool.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eDo I need any special tools to install this system?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eYou will need a power drill, drill bits, drive bits and an adjustable spanner. You will require a Hand Swaging Tool and we also recommend purchasing a C spanner for tensioning the rigging Screws for easier installation.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eHow do my wires arrive to me?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eYour components and wire will be packaged and numbered ready for installation on-site.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eCan I run my wire balustrade around corners?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eWe strongly advise against bending your wire around corners and angled sections. This can fatigue the wire over time as well as damage to your posts (especially timber). Wires should be terminated at each corner and end post.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eHow many runs of wire do I need for my balustrade?\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch4\u003eTo comply with Australian NCC regulations most wire balustrades will require 80mm spacing between your wires when your intermediate posts are no more than 1500mm apart. We highly recommend reading the Wire Balustrade Regulations Help section of our website prior to ordering.\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003eMore Questions? \u003c\/b\u003eNo problem, just send us an email at \u003ca href=\"mailto:sales@awrsolutions.com.au\" title=\"Website Question: Wire Balustrade\"\u003esales@awrsolutions.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e or give us a call on \u003cb\u003e1300 781 266\u003c\/b\u003e and we would be happy to help.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e ","brand":"Bright Finish","offers":[{"title":"DIY Hand Swage","offer_id":45273573851324,"sku":"ZWBS-DIYTB-M","price":6.01,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/6565\/4716\/files\/ZWBS-DIYTB-M.jpg?v=1759726023"},{"product_id":"bright-finish-diy-swaged-wire-balustrade-supplied-8638","title":"Bright Finish DIY Swaged Wire Balustrade (Supplied as components only) - DIY Tension Rod System - Suits Metal Posts","description":"\u003ch2\u003eWire Balustrade - DIY Tension Rod System\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe DIY Tension Rod Balustrade Wire System is the perfect solution for you to add a touch of modern style and safety to your home or outdoor space.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Crafted with high-quality stainless steel materials, this system is durable and built to last, ensuring that you can enjoy your new wire balustrade for years to come. The adjustable tension rods make installation a breeze.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Not only does this system provide a sleek and modern aesthetic, but it also provides a safe and secure boundary for, balconies, decks, and more. The minimalistic design allows for uninterrupted views, creating an open and inviting atmosphere for your space.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003eTHIS SYSTEM:\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e • Is suitable for use with metal posts\u003cbr\u003e • Is great for flat balustrade sections\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003eKEY BENEFITS OF THIS SYSTEM:\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e • Super sleek design achievable with full on-site DIY installation tools (See below) \u003cbr\u003e • Uses ultra-bright and sleek 1 x 19 wire rope\u003cbr\u003e • All fittings and wire made from high quality 316 grade stainless steel (Nut Rivets - 304 Grade)\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eRECOMMENDED INSTALLATION TOOLS FOR THIS SYSTEM:\u003cbr\u003e \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/wire-balustrade-tools-fasteners\/swage-tools\/hand-swage-tools\/opt-hex-hand-swaging-tool-suits-ss-7807-03\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"\" src=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/assets\/images\/HX-50.jpg\" style=\"width: 183px; height: 250px;\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e     \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/wire-balustrade-tools-fasteners\/wire-balustrade-installation-tools\/installation-tools\/opt-soft-jaw-pliers-suits-diy-tension-rod-systems\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"\" src=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/assets\/images\/PL-10.jpg\" style=\"width: 190px; height: 250px;\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e     \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/hand-rivet-nut-tool-m4-m10-hn2~2023\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"\" src=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/assets\/images\/HN-2.jpg\" style=\"width: 179px; height: 250px;\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e     \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/wire-balustrade-tools-fasteners\/wire-balustrade-installation-tools\/awr-multi-tool-304-grade-stainless-steel-satin-fin\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"\" src=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/assets\/images\/MT01-090.jpg\" style=\"width: 188px; height: 250px;\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003eCOMPONENTS REQUIRED PER WIRE:\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e1 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/hardware\/stainless-steel-hardware\/balustrade-components\/tensioning-rod-m8-to-suit-3.2mm-wire-rope-304-grad\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eSS-3320-0835\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e - Tensioning Rod M8 304 Grade Stainless Steel\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e1 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/hardware\/stainless-steel-hardware\/balustrade-components\/finishing-cap-m8-to-suit-3.2mm-wire-rope-316-grade\"\u003eSS-3330-0825\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e - Finishing Cap M8 316 Grade Stainless Steel\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e1 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/hardware\/stainless-steel-hardware\/balustrade-components\/stop-bolt-m8-to-suit-3.2mm-wire-rope-316-grade-sta\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eSS-3340-08\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e - Stop Bolt M8 316 Grade Stainless Steel\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e2 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/hardware\/stainless-steel-hardware\/balustrade-components\/swage-terminal-suits-3.2mm-wire-rope-316-grade-sta\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eSS-7807-03\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e -   Swage Terminal 316 Grade Stainless Steel\u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003e2 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/nutsert-m6-s-steel-304gr-4.2-6.6mm-grip~2076\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eNS-SS-M08-R\u003c\/a\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e- M8 RHT Nut Rivets 304 Grade\u003cbr\u003e \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/1-x-19-wire-rope-316-grade-stainless-steel-sizes-1\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eWRS119316-032-MTR\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e - 3.2mm 1 x 19 Wire Rope 316 Grade (Additonal cost Charged per Metre)\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch2\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e \u003cspan style=\"font-size:14px;\"\u003eWire Balustrade FAQ's\u003cbr\u003e Q: What are the best Wire Balustrade posts for the DIY Tension Rod System?\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size:14px;\"\u003eA: This system is only suitable for metal posts. View \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/wire-balustrade\/wire-balustrade-systems\/to-suit-timber-posts-diy\/bright-finish-diy-swaged-wire-balustrade-supplied~8640\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eWBS-DIYTRS-T\u003c\/a\u003e for a version suitable for timber posts.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size:14px;\"\u003eQ: Is this product suitable for a Flat Balustrade or Stair Balustrade?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size:14px;\"\u003eA: The Wire Balustrade - DIY Tension Rod System is only suitable for a Flat Balustrade sections.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e \u003cspan style=\"font-size:14px;\"\u003eQ: How does the the DIY Tension Rod System work?\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"font-size:14px;\"\u003eA: The Wire is swaged into the swage terminal SS-7807-07 at each end using the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/wire-balustrade-tools-fasteners\/swage-tools\/hand-swage-tools\/opt-hex-hand-swaging-tool-suits-ss-7807-03\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eHX-50 Swage Tool\u003c\/a\u003e, using a combination of the Stop Bolt and the Tension Rod and Finishing Cap the wire is held firmly in place.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e  \u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size:14px;\"\u003eQ: What hole size do I need in my posts for the Wire Balustrade DIY Tension Rod System work?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"font-size:14px;\"\u003eA: A 11mm hole is required in your end connection posts to install the M8 RHT Nut Rivets. For your intermediate posts, a minimum hole size of 4mm hole is required to pass the wire rope through. \u003cstrong\u003ePlease Note:\u003c\/strong\u003e If you are using split grommets (106874FB or 106874FS) you will require an 11\/32” hole (8.73mm ) in your intermediate posts.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e  \u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size:14px;\"\u003eQ: Can I use this Wire Balustrade system for Stairs?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"font-size:14px;\"\u003eA: No the Tension Rod System cannot be used on stair angles.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e  \u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size:14px;\"\u003eQ: What is the maximum length I can use with the Wire Balustrade Tension Rod System?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"font-size:14px;\"\u003eA: The maximum recommended span between connection posts for this system is 10 metres.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e  \u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size:14px;\"\u003eQ: What size and type of wire should I use for this Wire Balustrade system?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"font-size:14px;\"\u003eA: This system is specifically designed for use with 3.2mm 1x19 wire. The swage terminals are pressed onto the wire for a super streamline system.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e  \u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size:14px;\"\u003eQ: Do I need any special tools to install this Wire Balustrade system?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"font-size:14px;\"\u003eA: With this system you will require a power drill, drill bits and recomended installation tools as listed above.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e  \u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size:14px;\"\u003eQ: Can I run my Wire Balustrade around corners?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"font-size:14px;\"\u003eA: We strongly advise against bending your wire around corners and angled sections. This can fatigue the wire over time as well as damage to your posts (especially timber). Wires should be terminated at each change of direction.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e  \u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size:14px;\"\u003eQ: How many runs of wire do I need for my balustrade?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"font-size:14px;\"\u003eA: To comply with Australian NCC regulations most wire balustrades will require 80mm spacing between your wires when your intermediate posts are no more than 1500mm apart. We highly recommend reading the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/wire-balustrade-regulations\/\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eWire Balustrade Regulations Help section\u003c\/a\u003e on our website prior to ordering or contacting us for advice.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e  \u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size:14px;\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eMore Questions? \u003c\/b\u003eNo problem, just send us an email at \u003ca href=\"mailto:sales@awrsolutions.com.au\" title=\"Website Question: Wire Balustrade\"\u003esales@awrsolutions.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e or give us a call on \u003cb\u003e1300 781 266\u003c\/b\u003e and we would be happy to help.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e ","brand":"Bright Finish","offers":[{"title":"Metal\/ Aluminium Posts \/ DIY Hex Swage","offer_id":45273573949628,"sku":"ZWBS-DIYTRS-M","price":12.41,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/6565\/4716\/files\/ZWBS-DIYTRS-M.jpg?v=1759726023"},{"product_id":"bright-finish-diy-swaged-wire-balustrade-supplied-8640","title":"Bright Finish DIY Swaged Wire Balustrade (Supplied as components only) - DIY Tension Rod System - Suits Timber Posts","description":"\u003ch2\u003eWire Balustrade - DIY Tension Rod System\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe DIY Tension Rod Balustrade Wire System is the perfect solution for you to add a touch of modern style and safety to your home or outdoor space.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Crafted with high-quality stainless steel materials, this system is durable and built to last, ensuring that you can enjoy your new wire balustrade for years to come. The adjustable tension rods make installation a breeze.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Not only does this system provide a sleek and modern aesthetic, but it also provides a safe and secure boundary for, balconies, decks, and more. The minimalistic design allows for uninterrupted views, creating an open and inviting atmosphere for your space.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003eTHIS SYSTEM:\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e • Is suitable for use with timber posts\u003cbr\u003e • Is great for flat balustrade sections\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003eKEY BENEFITS OF THIS SYSTEM:\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e • Super sleek design achievable with full on-site DIY installation tools (See below) \u003cbr\u003e • Uses ultra-bright and sleek 1 x 19 wire rope\u003cbr\u003e • All fittings and wire made from high quality 316 grade stainless steel (Timber Inserts - 304 Grade)\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eRECOMMENDED INSTALLATION TOOLS FOR THIS SYSTEM:\u003cbr\u003e \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/wire-balustrade-tools-fasteners\/swage-tools\/hand-swage-tools\/opt-hex-hand-swaging-tool-suits-ss-7807-03\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"\" src=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/assets\/images\/HX-50.jpg\" style=\"width: 183px; height: 250px;\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e     \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/wire-balustrade-tools-fasteners\/wire-balustrade-installation-tools\/installation-tools\/opt-soft-jaw-pliers-suits-diy-tension-rod-systems\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"\" src=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/assets\/images\/PL-10.jpg\" style=\"width: 190px; height: 250px;\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e     \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/drill-bit-hex-driver-bit\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"\" src=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/assets\/images\/DB-HIB-08.jpg\" style=\"width: 188px; height: 250px;\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e     \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/wire-balustrade-tools-fasteners\/wire-balustrade-installation-tools\/awr-multi-tool-304-grade-stainless-steel-satin-fin\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"\" src=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/assets\/images\/MT01-090.jpg\" style=\"width: 188px; height: 250px;\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003eCOMPONENTS REQUIRED PER WIRE:\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e1 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/hardware\/stainless-steel-hardware\/balustrade-components\/tensioning-rod-m8-to-suit-3.2mm-wire-rope-304-grad\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eSS-3320-0835\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e - Tensioning Rod M8 304 Grade Stainless Steel\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e1 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/hardware\/stainless-steel-hardware\/balustrade-components\/finishing-cap-m8-to-suit-3.2mm-wire-rope-316-grade\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eSS-3330-0825\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e - Finishing Cap M8 316 Grade Stainless Steel\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e1 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/hardware\/stainless-steel-hardware\/balustrade-components\/stop-bolt-m8-to-suit-3.2mm-wire-rope-316-grade-sta\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eSS-3340-08\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e - Stop Bolt M8 316 Grade Stainless Steel\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e2 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/hardware\/stainless-steel-hardware\/balustrade-components\/swage-terminal-suits-3.2mm-wire-rope-316-grade-sta\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eSS-7807-03\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e -   Swage Terminal 316 Grade Stainless Steel\u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003e2 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/nutsert-m6-s-steel-304gr-4.2-6.6mm-grip~2076\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eS\u003c\/a\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/hardware\/stainless-steel-hardware\/balustrade-components\/threaded-timber-inserts-m8-x-32mm-rht-304-grade-st\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eS-3310-08R\u003c\/a\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e- M8 RHT Timber Insert 304 Grade\u003cbr\u003e \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/1-x-19-wire-rope-316-grade-stainless-steel-sizes-1\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eWRS119316-032-MTR\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e - 3.2mm 1 x 19 Wire Rope 316 Grade (Additonal cost Charged per Metre)\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch2\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e \u003cspan style=\"font-size:14px;\"\u003eWire Balustrade FAQ's\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cspan style=\"font-size:14px;\"\u003eQ: What are the best Wire Balustrade posts for the DIY Tension Rod System?\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size:14px;\"\u003eA: This system is only suitable for timber posts. View \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/wire-balustrade\/wire-balustrade-systems\/to-suit-metal-posts-diy\/bright-finish-diy-swaged-wire-balustrade-supplied~8638\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eWBS-DIYTRS-M\u003c\/a\u003e for a version suitable for metal posts.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size:14px;\"\u003eQ: Is this product suitable for a Flat Balustrade or Stair Balustrade?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size:14px;\"\u003eA: The Wire Balustrade - DIY Tension Rod System is only suitable for a Flat Balustrade sections.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e \u003cspan style=\"font-size:14px;\"\u003eQ: How does the the DIY Tension Rod System work?\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"font-size:14px;\"\u003eA: The Wire is swaged into the swage terminal SS-7807-07 at each end using the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/wire-balustrade-tools-fasteners\/swage-tools\/hand-swage-tools\/opt-hex-hand-swaging-tool-suits-ss-7807-03\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eHX-50 Swage Tool\u003c\/a\u003e, using a combination of the Stop Bolt and the Tension Rod and Finishing Cap the wire is held firmly in place.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e  \u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size:14px;\"\u003eQ: What hole size do I need in my posts for the Wire Balustrade DIY Tension Rod System work?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"font-size:14px;\"\u003eA: A 9.5mm hole is required in your end connection posts to install the Timber Inserts. For your intermediate posts, a minimum hole size of 4mm hole is required to pass the wire rope through. \u003cstrong\u003ePlease Note:\u003c\/strong\u003e If you are using split grommets (106874FB or 106874FS) you will require an 11\/32” hole (8.73mm ) in your intermediate posts to a depth of 10mm.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e  \u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size:14px;\"\u003eQ: Can I use this Wire Balustrade system for Stairs?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"font-size:14px;\"\u003eA: No the Tension Rod System cannot be used on stair angles.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e  \u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size:14px;\"\u003eQ: What is the maximum length I can use with the Wire Balustrade Tension Rod System?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"font-size:14px;\"\u003eA: The maximum recommended span between connection posts for this system is 10 metres.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e  \u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size:14px;\"\u003eQ: What size and type of wire should I use for this Wire Balustrade system?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"font-size:14px;\"\u003eA: This system is specifically designed for use with 3.2mm 1x19 wire. The swage terminals are pressed onto the wire for a super streamline system.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e  \u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size:14px;\"\u003eQ: Do I need any special tools to install this Wire Balustrade system?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"font-size:14px;\"\u003eA: With this system you will require is a power drill, drill bits and recomended installation tools as listed above.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e  \u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size:14px;\"\u003eQ: Can I run my Wire Balustrade around corners?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"font-size:14px;\"\u003eA: We strongly advise against bending your wire around corners and angled sections. This can fatigue the wire over time as well as damage to your posts (especially timber). Wires should be terminated at each change of direction.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e  \u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size:14px;\"\u003eQ: How many runs of wire do I need for my balustrade?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"font-size:14px;\"\u003eA: To comply with Australian NCC regulations most wire balustrades will require 80mm spacing between your wires when your intermediate posts are no more than 1500mm apart. We highly recommend reading the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/wire-balustrade-regulations\/\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eWire Balustrade Regulations Help section\u003c\/a\u003e on our website prior to ordering or contacting us for advice.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e  \u003c\/h4\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eMore Questions? \u003c\/b\u003eNo problem, just send us an email at \u003ca href=\"mailto:sales@awrsolutions.com.au\" title=\"Website Question: Wire Balustrade\"\u003esales@awrsolutions.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e or give us a call on \u003cb\u003e1300 781 266\u003c\/b\u003e and we would be happy to help.\u003c\/p\u003e ","brand":"Bright Finish","offers":[{"title":"Timber Posts \/ DIY Hex Swage","offer_id":45273574015164,"sku":"ZWBS-DIYTRS-T","price":15.25,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/6565\/4716\/files\/ZWBS-DIYTRS-T.jpg?v=1759726024"},{"product_id":"bright-finish-factory-swaged-wire-balustrade-toggl","title":"Bright Finish Factory Swaged Wire Balustrade - Toggle Lock System - Suits Metal Posts","description":"\u003ch2\u003eWire Balustrade - Toggle Lock System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIs one of our most streamline systems. It is suitable for use with metal posts and is great for both straight sections and stair sections. Tension is created on the wire by threading the LHT\/ RHT swage studs into the LHT\/ RHT Toggle Lock Nuts. Tightening the nuts against the head of the Toggle Lock Nuts locks the system in place.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/assets\/images\/logo\/BRIGHT%20FINISH%20logo.png\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nOur Bright Finish range offers a stylish and extremely durable finish to your wire balustrade system. Made from high quality 316 Grade stainless steel and processed to perfection this bright stianless steel finish offers long term corrosion resistance with a smooth and shiny lustre. To see this high quality finish for yourself we recommend ordering a \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/bright-finish-sample-request\/\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eFREE SAMPLE HERE\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ciframe allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" allowfullscreen=\"\" frameborder=\"0\" height=\"315\" referrerpolicy=\"strict-origin-when-cross-origin\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/zvk71wyL4DM?si=3tMg7gBR58k1rjQF\" title=\"YouTube video player\" width=\"560\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eTHIS SYSTEM:\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n• Is suitable for use with metal posts\u003cbr\u003e\n• Is great for both flat and stair sections\u003cbr\u003e\n• Requires factory hydraulic swaging\u003cbr\u003e\n• AWR can factory swage balustrade wires to your exact lengths. \u003cb\u003eOrder before 2pm\u003c\/b\u003e for next business day pick up or dispatch.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eKEY BENEFITS OF THIS SYSTEM:\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n• Wires are pre-manufactured to your exact lengths\u003cbr\u003e\n• Extremely quick and simple installation\u003cbr\u003e\n• Uses ultra-bright and sleek 1 x 19 wire rope\u003cbr\u003e\n• All fittings made from high quality 316 grade stainless steel\u003cbr\u003e\n• This system is suitable for both flat and stair sections - suitable for stair sections up to 37º when a 10mm hole is drilled.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCOMPONENTS REQUIRED PER WIRE:\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e1 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/wire-balustrade\/wire-balustrade-hardware\/flip-lock-nuts-swivel-connectors\/toggle-lock-nut-316-grade-stainless-steel-m6-x-30m\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eSS-TLN-06L\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e-M6 x 30 LHT Toggle Lock Nut 316 Grade\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e1 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/hardware\/stainless-steel-hardware\/clearance\/toggle-lock-nut-316-grade-stainless-steel-m6-x-30m\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eSS-TLN-06R\u003c\/a\u003e -\u003c\/b\u003eM6 x 30 RHT Toggle Lock Nut 316 Grade\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e1 x SS-7801-03635L\u003c\/b\u003e - M6 x 35mm LHT Swage Stud to suit 3.2mm Wire 316 Grade\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e1 x SS-7801-03635R\u003c\/b\u003e - M6 x 35mm RHT Swage Stud to suit 3.2mm Wire 316 Grade\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e2 x S03\u003c\/b\u003e - Cut and Factory Swage (Additional Cost)\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/1-x-19-wire-rope-316-grade-stainless-steel-sizes-1\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eWRS119316-032-MTR\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e - 3.2mm 1 x 19 Wire Rope 316 Grade (Additonal cost Charged per Metre)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWire Balustrade FAQ's\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eQ: What are the best Wire Balustrade posts for the Toggle Lock System?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eA: Suitable for metal balustrade posts\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this product suitable for a Flat Balustrade or Stair Balustrade?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eA: The Wire Balustrade - Toggle Lock System is suitable for both a Flat Balustrade \u0026amp; Stair Wire Balustrade\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eQ: How does the the Toggle Lock System system work? (Or installed or locks into place)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eA: Tightening the nuts against the head of the ToggleLock Nuts locks the system in place.\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eQ: How long does it take for my wires to be manufactured?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eA: If your order is confirmed by 2pm we will have your wires manufactured and ready for dispatch or pick-up the following business day.\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eQ: What hole size do I need in my posts for the Wire Balustrade Toggle Lock System?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eA: You will require an 9mm hole in your end connection posts to install the Toggle lock Nuts. For your intermediate posts, an 8mm hole will be required to pass the threaded terminal through. Note: We also have split grommets to suit an 8mm hole.\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eQ: Can I use this Wire Balustrade system for Stairs?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eA: Yes the Toggle Lock System can be used on stair angles up to 38 degrees with a maximum of 4mm wall thickness tube. Note: A 10mm hole in your end connection posts will be required when using the Toggle Lock Nuts on stair sections.\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eQ: What measurements are required for the Toggle lock system?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eA: Please give us your inside post to inside post measurements between your connection posts and the wall thickness of your posts. We will take care of the rest.\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eQ: What is the maximum length I can use with the Wire Balustrade Toggle lock System?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eA: The maximum recommended span between connection posts for this system is 10 metres.\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eQ: What size and type of wire should I use for this Wire Balustrade system?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eA: As with all factory made systems we recommend using 3.2mm 1x19 wire. The fittings are hydraulically pressed onto the wire for a super streamline system.\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eQ: Do I need any special tools to install this Wire Balustrade system?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eA: With this system all you require is a power drill, drill bits and an \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/wire-balustrade-tools-fasteners\/wire-balustrade-installation-tools\/awr-multi-tool-304-grade-stainless-steel-satin-fin\"\u003eAWR Multi Tool\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eQ: How do my wires arrive to me?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eA: All wires are bundled per section and labelled with your measurements for quick installation on site.\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eQ: Can I run my Wire Balustrade around corners?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eA: We strongly advise against bending your wire around corners and angled sections. This can fatigue the wire over time as well as damage to your posts (especially timber). Wires should be terminated at each corner and end post.\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eQ: How many runs of wire do I need for my balustrade?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eA: To comply with Australian NCC regulations most wire balustrades will require 80mm spacing between your wires when your intermediate posts are no more than 1500mm apart. We highly recommend reading the Wire Balustrade Regulations Help section of our website prior to ordering.\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eMore Questions?\u003c\/b\u003eNo problem, just send us an email at \u003ca href=\"mailto:sales@awrsolutions.com.au\" title=\"Website Question: Wire Balustrade\"\u003esales@awrsolutions.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e or give us a call on \u003cb\u003e1300 781 266\u003c\/b\u003e and we would be happy to help.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Bright Finish","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45698793865404,"sku":"WBS-TLS","price":12.08,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/6565\/4716\/files\/WBS-TLS.jpg?v=1768279551"},{"product_id":"blacketch-factory-swaged-wire-balustrade-toggle-lo","title":"BlackEtch Factory Swaged Wire Balustrade - Toggle Lock System - Suits Metal Posts","description":"\u003ch2\u003eWire Balustrade - Toggle Lock System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIs one of our most streamline systems. It is suitable for use with metal posts and is great for both straight sections and stair sections. Tension is created on the wire by threading the LHT\/ RHT swage studs into the LHT\/ RHT Toggle Lock Nuts. Tightening the nuts against the head of the Toggle Lock Nuts locks the system in place.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/assets\/images\/BlackEtch-(transparent-BG)%20-%20Cropped.png\" style=\"margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; height: 43px; width: 300px;\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nExclusively available through AWR Solutions our BlackEtch process offers a unique, stylish, and extremely durable finish to your wire balustrade system. Etched into the surface of fittings and wire our BlackEtch process offers a smooth black finish with superior corrosion resistance. To see this great finish for yourself we recommend ordering a \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/blacketch-sample-request\/\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eFREE SAMPLE HERE\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ciframe allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" allowfullscreen=\"\" frameborder=\"0\" height=\"315\" referrerpolicy=\"strict-origin-when-cross-origin\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/zvk71wyL4DM?si=3tMg7gBR58k1rjQF\" title=\"YouTube video player\" width=\"560\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eTHIS SYSTEM:\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n• Is suitable for use with metal posts\u003cbr\u003e\n• Is great for both flat and stair sections\u003cbr\u003e\n• Requires factory hydraulic swaging\u003cbr\u003e\n• AWR can factory swage balustrade wires to your exact lengths. \u003cb\u003eOrder before 2pm\u003c\/b\u003e for next business day pick up or dispatch.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eKEY BENEFITS OF THIS SYSTEM:\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n• Wires are pre-manufactured to your exact lengths\u003cbr\u003e\n• Extremely quick and simple installation\u003cbr\u003e\n• Uses ultra-bright and sleek 1 x 19 wire rope\u003cbr\u003e\n• All fittings made from high quality 316 grade stainless steel\u003cbr\u003e\n• This system is suitable for both flat and stair sections - suitable for stair sections up to 37º when a 10mm hole is drilled.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCOMPONENTS REQUIRED PER WIRE:\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e1 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/hardware\/stainless-steel-hardware\/balustrade-components\/blacketch-toggle-lock-nut-316-grade-stainless-stee~8985\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eBS-TLN-06L\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e-M6 x 30 LHT Toggle Lock Nut 316 Grade\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e1 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/hardware\/stainless-steel-hardware\/balustrade-components\/blacketch-toggle-lock-nut-316-grade-stainless-stee\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eBS-TLN-06R\u003c\/a\u003e -\u003c\/b\u003eM6 x 30 RHT Toggle Lock Nut 316 Grade\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e1 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/hardware\/stainless-steel-hardware\/blacketch-wire-balustrade-hardware\/blacketch-swage-stud-m6-x-35mm-left-hand-thread-to\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eBS-7801-03635L\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e - M6 x 35mm LHT Swage Stud to suit 3.2mm Wire 316 Grade\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e1 x \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/hardware\/stainless-steel-hardware\/blacketch-wire-balustrade-hardware\/blacketch-swage-stud-m6-x-35mm-left-hand-thread-to\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eBS-7801-03635R\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e - M6 x 35mm RHT Swage Stud to suit 3.2mm Wire 316 Grade\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e2 x S03\u003c\/b\u003e - Cut and Factory Swage (Additional Cost)\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/wire-rope\/stainless-steel-wire-rope\/1-x-19-construction\/blacketch-3.2mm-1-x-19-wire-rope-316-grade-stainle~2355\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eBWRS119316-032-MTR\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e - 3.2mm 1 x 19 Wire Rope 316 Grade (Additonal cost Charged per Metre)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWire Balustrade FAQ's\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eQ: What are the best Wire Balustrade posts for the Toggle Lock System?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eA: Suitable for metal balustrade posts\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this product suitable for a Flat Balustrade or Stair Balustrade?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eA: The Wire Balustrade - Toggle Lock System is suitable for both a Flat Balustrade \u0026amp; Stair Wire Balustrade\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eQ: How does the the Toggle Lock System system work? (Or installed or locks into place)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eA: Tightening the nuts against the head of the ToggleLock Nuts locks the system in place.\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eQ: How long does it take for my wires to be manufactured?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eA: If your order is confirmed by 2pm we will have your wires manufactured and ready for dispatch or pick-up the following business day.\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eQ: What hole size do I need in my posts for the Wire Balustrade Toggle Lock System?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eA: You will require an 9mm hole in your end connection posts to install the Toggle lock Nuts. For your intermediate posts, an 8mm hole will be required to pass the threaded terminal through. Note: We also have split grommets to suit an 8mm hole.\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eQ: Can I use this Wire Balustrade system for Stairs?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eA: Yes the Toggle Lock System can be used on stair angles up to 38 degrees with a maximum of 4mm wall thickness tube. Note: A 10mm hole in your end connection posts will be required when using the Toggle Lock Nuts on stair sections.\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eQ: What measurements are required for the Toggle lock system?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eA: Please give us your inside post to inside post measurements between your connection posts and the wall thickness of your posts. We will take care of the rest.\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eQ: What is the maximum length I can use with the Wire Balustrade Toggle lock System?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eA: The maximum recommended span between connection posts for this system is 10 metres.\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eQ: What size and type of wire should I use for this Wire Balustrade system?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eA: As with all factory made systems we recommend using 3.2mm 1x19 wire. The fittings are hydraulically pressed onto the wire for a super streamline system.\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eQ: Do I need any special tools to install this Wire Balustrade system?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eA: With this system all you require is a power drill, drill bits and an \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.awrsolutions.com.au\/wire-balustrade-tools-fasteners\/wire-balustrade-installation-tools\/awr-multi-tool-304-grade-stainless-steel-satin-fin\"\u003eAWR Multi Tool\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eQ: How do my wires arrive to me?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eA: All wires are bundled per section and labelled with your measurements for quick installation on site.\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eQ: Can I run my Wire Balustrade around corners?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eA: We strongly advise against bending your wire around corners and angled sections. This can fatigue the wire over time as well as damage to your posts (especially timber). Wires should be terminated at each corner and end post.\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eQ: How many runs of wire do I need for my balustrade?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eA: To comply with Australian NCC regulations most wire balustrades will require 80mm spacing between your wires when your intermediate posts are no more than 1500mm apart. We highly recommend reading the Wire Balustrade Regulations Help section of our website prior to ordering.\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eMore Questions?\u003c\/b\u003eNo problem, just send us an email at \u003ca href=\"mailto:sales@awrsolutions.com.au\" title=\"Website Question: Wire Balustrade\"\u003esales@awrsolutions.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e or give us a call on \u003cb\u003e1300 781 266\u003c\/b\u003e and we would be happy to help.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"BlackEtch","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45698793898172,"sku":"WBSB-TLS","price":14.06,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/6565\/4716\/files\/WBSB-TLS.jpg?v=1768279552"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/6565\/4716\/collections\/388.png?v=1760336936","url":"https:\/\/2fw3jf-vk.myshopify.com\/collections\/all-kits-and-systems.oembed?page=2","provider":"AWR Solutions","version":"1.0","type":"link"}